UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10‑K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2017
Commission file number: 001‑11421
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
TENNESSEE |
61‑0502302 |
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization) |
Identification No.) |
100 MISSION RIDGE
GOODLETTSVILLE, TN 37072
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (615) 855-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
|
Name of the exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, par value $0.875 per share |
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒ |
Accelerated filer ☐ |
Non‑accelerated filer ☐ |
Smaller reporting company ☐ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate fair market value of the registrant’s common stock outstanding and held by non‑affiliates as of July 29, 2016 was $26.7 billion calculated using the closing market price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE on such date ($94.74). For this purpose, directors, executive officers and greater than 10% record shareholders are considered the affiliates of the registrant.
The registrant had 275,095,294 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 17, 2017.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain of the information required in Part III of this Form 10‑K is incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 31, 2017.
General
This report contains references to years 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, which represent fiscal years ending or ended February 2, 2018, February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, January 31, 2014, and February 1, 2013, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Our 2016 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks, while each of the remaining years listed are or were 52-week years. All of the discussion and analysis in this report should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.
Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames may appear in this report without the ® or TM symbol which is not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right to these trademarks and tradenames.
Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward‑Looking Statements
We include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws throughout this report, particularly under the headings “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Note 7 – Commitments and Contingencies,” among others. You can identify these statements because they are not limited to historical fact or they use words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “goal,” “seek,” “ensure,” “potential,” “opportunity,” “objective,” “intend,” “predict,” “committed,” “likely to,” “continue,” “scheduled to,” “focused on,” or “subject to” and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, initiatives, intentions or beliefs about future occurrences or results. For example, all statements relating to, among others, our estimated and projected expenditures, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity; our plans and objectives for, and expectations regarding future operations, economic and competitive market conditions, growth or initiatives including but not limited to the number of planned store openings, remodels and relocations, progress of merchandising initiatives, trends in sales of consumable and non-consumable products, investment in our personnel and the level of future costs and expenses; potential future stock repurchases and cash dividends; anticipated borrowing under our credit facilities and commercial paper program; or the expected outcome or effect of legislative or regulatory changes or initiatives, and our responses thereto, or of pending or threatened litigation or audits are forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, so our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of these statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions that we believe are reasonable. However, it is very difficult to predict the effect of known factors, and we cannot anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements are disclosed under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere in this document (including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements themselves and under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”). All forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by these and other cautionary statements that we make from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate forward-looking statements in the context of these risks and uncertainties and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. These factors may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. We cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. Forward-looking statements in this report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
3
General
We are among the largest discount retailers in the United States by number of stores, with 13,429 stores located in 44 states as of March 3, 2017, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumables, seasonal items, home products and apparel. Our merchandise includes high quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as our own value and comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our merchandise at everyday low prices through our convenient small-box locations.
Our History
J.L. Turner founded our Company in 1939 as J.L. Turner and Son, Wholesale. We were incorporated as a Kentucky corporation under the name J.L. Turner & Son, Inc. in 1955, when we opened our first Dollar General store. We changed our name to Dollar General Corporation in 1968 and reincorporated in 1998 as a Tennessee corporation. Our common stock was publicly traded from 1968 until July 2007, when we merged with an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., or KKR. In November 2009 our common stock again became publicly traded, and in December 2013 the entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with KKR sold its remaining shares of our common stock.
Our Business Model
Our long history of profitable growth is founded on a commitment to a relatively simple business model: providing a broad base of customers with their basic everyday and household needs, supplemented with a variety of general merchandise items, at everyday low prices in conveniently located, small-box stores. We continually evaluate the needs and demands of our customers and modify our merchandise selections and pricing accordingly, while remaining focused on increasing profitability, cash generation and returns for our shareholders.
Our operating priorities are summarized as follows: 1) driving profitable sales growth, 2) capturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our position as a low-cost operator, and 4) investing in our people as a competitive advantage. For more information on these operating priorities, see the “Executive Overview” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
In fiscal year 2016, we achieved our 27th consecutive year of positive same-store sales growth. This growth has taken place in a variety of economic conditions, which we believe is a result of our compelling value and convenience proposition, although no assurances can be given that we will achieve positive same-store sales growth in any given year.
Compelling Value and Convenience Proposition. Our ability to deliver highly competitive prices in convenient locations and our easy “in and out” shopping format create a compelling shopping experience that we believe distinguishes us from other discount retailers as well as convenience, drug, grocery, online and mass merchant retailers. Our slogan “Save time. Save money. Every day!” summarizes our appeal to customers. We believe our ability to effectively deliver both value and convenience allows us to succeed in small markets with limited shopping alternatives, as well as in larger and more competitive markets. Our value and convenience proposition is evidenced by the following attributes of our business model:
|
· |
|
Convenient Locations. Our stores are conveniently located in a variety of rural, suburban and urban communities. We seek to locate our stores in close proximity to our customers, which |
4
helps drive customer loyalty and trip frequency and makes us an attractive alternative to large discount and other large‑box retail and grocery stores. |
|
· |
|
Time‑Saving Shopping Experience. We also provide customers with a highly convenient, easy to navigate shopping experience. Our small-box stores are easy to get in and out of quickly. Our product offering includes most necessities, such as basic packaged and refrigerated food and dairy products, cleaning supplies, paper products, health and beauty care items, greeting cards, basic apparel, housewares, hardware and automotive supplies, among others. Our convenient hours and broad merchandise offering allow our customers to fulfill their routine shopping requirements and minimize their need to shop elsewhere. |
|
· |
|
Everyday Low Prices on Quality Merchandise. Our research indicates that we offer a price advantage over most food and drug retailers and that our prices are competitive with even the largest discount retailers. Our ability to offer everyday low prices on quality merchandise is supported by our low‑cost operating structure and our strategy to maintain a limited number of items per merchandise category, which we believe helps us maintain strong purchasing power. We offer quality nationally advertised brands at these everyday low prices in addition to offering our own value and comparable quality private brands at substantially lower prices. |
Substantial Growth Opportunities. We believe we have substantial long‑term growth potential in the U.S. We have identified significant opportunities to add new stores in both existing and new markets. In addition, we have opportunities to relocate or remodel locations within our existing store base to better serve our customers. Our attractive store economics, including a relatively low initial investment and simple, low‑cost operating model have allowed us to grow our store base to current levels and provide us significant opportunities to continue our profitable store growth strategy.
Our Merchandise
We offer a focused assortment of everyday necessities, which help to drive frequent customer visits, and key items in a broad range of general merchandise categories. Our product assortment provides the opportunity for our customers to address most of their basic shopping needs with one trip. We sell high‑quality nationally advertised brands from leading manufacturers. Additionally, our private brand consumables offer even greater value with options to purchase national brand equivalent products as well as value items at substantial discounts to the national brand.
Consumables is our largest merchandise category and has become a larger percentage of our total sales in recent years as indicated in the table below. Consumables include paper and cleaning products (such as paper towels, bath tissue, paper dinnerware, trash and storage bags, laundry and other home cleaning supplies); packaged food (such as cereals, canned soups and vegetables, condiments, spices, sugar and flour); perishables (such as milk, eggs, bread, refrigerated and frozen food, beer and wine); snacks (such as candy, cookies, crackers, salty snacks and carbonated beverages); health and beauty (such as over‑the‑counter medicines and personal care products including soap, body wash, shampoo, dental hygiene and foot care products); pet (such as pet supplies and pet food); and tobacco products.
Seasonal products include decorations, toys, batteries, small electronics, greeting cards, stationery, prepaid phones and accessories, gardening supplies, hardware, automotive and home office supplies.
Home products include kitchen supplies, cookware, small appliances, light bulbs, storage containers, frames, candles, craft supplies and kitchen, bed and bath soft goods.
Apparel includes casual everyday apparel for infants, toddlers, girls, boys, women and men, as well as socks, underwear, disposable diapers, shoes and accessories.
5
The percentage of net sales of each of our four categories of merchandise for the fiscal years indicated below was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
Consumables |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Seasonal |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Home products |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Apparel |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Our home products and seasonal categories typically account for the highest gross profit margins, and the consumables category typically accounts for the lowest gross profit margin.
The Dollar General Store
The typical Dollar General store is operated by a store manager, one or more assistant store managers, and three or more sales associates. Our stores generally feature a low‑cost, no frills building with limited maintenance capital, low operating costs, and a focused merchandise offering within a broad range of categories, allowing us to deliver low retail prices while generating strong cash flows and capital investment returns. Our stores average approximately 7,400 square feet of selling space and approximately 70% of our stores are located in towns of 20,000 or fewer people. We generally have had good success in locating suitable store sites in the past, and we believe that there is ample opportunity for new store growth in existing and new markets. In addition, we believe we have significant opportunities available for our relocation and remodel programs.
Our store growth over the past three years is summarized in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores at |
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
Stores |
|
Stores |
|
Store |
|
Stores at |
|
Year |
|
of Year |
|
Opened |
|
Closed |
|
Increase |
|
End of Year |
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Customers
Our customers seek value and convenience. Depending on their financial situation and geographic proximity, customers’ reliance on Dollar General varies from fill‑in shopping, to making periodic trips to stock up on household items, to making weekly or more frequent trips to meet most essential needs. We generally locate our stores and plan our merchandise selections to best serve the needs of our core customers, the low and fixed income households often underserved by other retailers, and we are focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. At the same time, however, loyal Dollar General shoppers from a wide range of income brackets and life stages appreciate our quality merchandise as well as our attractive value and convenience proposition.
Our Suppliers
We purchase merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers and maintain direct buying relationships with many producers of national brand merchandise. Despite our broad offering, we maintain only a limited number of items per category, giving us a negotiating advantage in dealing with our suppliers. Our largest and second largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 8% of our purchases in 2016. Our private brands come from a diversified supplier base. We directly imported approximately 6% of our purchases at cost in 2016.
We have consistently managed to obtain sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we generally would be able to obtain alternative
6
sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs or reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales.
Distribution and Transportation
Our stores are currently supported by fourteen distribution centers located strategically throughout our geographic footprint. Our fifteenth distribution center in Jackson, Georgia is under construction with a goal to begin shipping from this facility in late 2017. We have announced plans to build our sixteenth distribution center in Amsterdam, New York with a planned completion date in fall 2018. We lease additional temporary warehouse space as necessary to support our distribution needs. We continually analyze and rebalance the network to ensure that it remains efficient and provides the service our stores require. See “—Properties” below for additional information pertaining to our distribution centers.
Most of our merchandise flows through our distribution centers and is delivered to our stores by third‑party trucking firms, utilizing our trailers. We also own 39 trucks with which we transport our merchandise. In addition, vendors or third‑party distributors ship certain food items and other merchandise directly to our stores.
Seasonality
Our business is somewhat seasonal. Generally, our highest sales volume occurs in the fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season. In addition, our quarterly results can be affected by the timing of certain holidays, the timing of new store openings and store closings, and the amount of sales contributed by new and existing stores. We typically purchase substantial amounts of inventory in the third quarter and incur higher shipping and payroll costs in the third quarter in anticipation of increased sales activity during the fourth quarter. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Our Competition
We operate in the basic discount consumer goods market, which is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in‑stock consistency, and customer service. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, including mass merchandise, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety, online, omnichannel, and specialty stores. These other retail companies operate stores in many of the areas where we operate, and many of them engage in extensive advertising and marketing efforts. Our direct competitors include Family Dollar, Dollar Tree, Big Lots, Fred’s, 99 Cents Only and various local, independent operators, as well as Walmart, Target, Kroger, Aldi, Walgreens, CVS, and RiteAid, among others. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do. Competition has intensified and will continue to do so as competitors move into or increase their presence in our geographic markets and increase the availability of mobile and web-based technology to facilitate online shopping and real‑time product and price comparisons and to create an omnichannel shopping experience.
We believe that we differentiate ourselves from other forms of retailing by offering consistently low prices in a convenient, small‑store format. We believe that our prices are competitive due in part to our low‑cost operating structure and the relatively limited assortment of products offered. Purchasing large volumes of merchandise within our focused assortment in each merchandise category allows us to keep our average costs low, contributing to our ability to offer competitive everyday low prices to our customers. See “—Our Business Model” above for further discussion of our competitive situation.
Our Employees
As of March 3, 2017, we employed approximately 121,000 full‑time and part‑time employees, including divisional and regional managers, district managers, store managers, other store personnel and distribution center and administrative personnel. We have increasingly focused on recruiting, training, motivating and retaining
7
employees, and we believe that the quality, performance and morale of our employees continue to be an important part of our success in recent years. We currently are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.
Our Trademarks
We own marks that are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and are protected under applicable intellectual property laws, including, without limitation, the trademarks Dollar General ® , Dollar General Market ® , Clover Valley ® , DG ® , DG Deals ® , Forever Pals ® , I*Magine ® , OT Sport ® , OT Revolution ® , Smart & Simple ® , trueliving ® , Sweet Smiles ® , Open Trails ® , Beauty Cents ® , Bobbie Brooks ® , Comfort Bay ® , Holiday Style ® , Swiggles ® , More Deals For Your Dollar. Every Day! ® , The Fast Way To Save ® , and Save Time. Save Money. Every Day! ® , along with variations and formatives of these trademarks as well as certain other trademarks including Ever Pet TM and DGX TM . We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks whenever practicable and to pursue vigorously any infringement of those marks. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration.
We also hold an exclusive license to the Rexall brand through March 5, 2020.
Available Information
Our Internet website address is www.dollargeneral.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this Form 10-K. We file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) annual reports on Form 10‑K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q, current reports on Form 8‑K, and amendments to those reports, proxy statements and annual reports to shareholders, and, from time to time, registration statements and other documents. These documents are available free of charge to investors on or through the Investor Information section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the SEC. In addition, the public may read and copy any of the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as Dollar General, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov.
8
You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this report and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. These risks are not the only risks we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could also be adversely affected by additional factors that apply to all companies generally or by risks not currently known to us or that we currently view to be immaterial. We can provide no assurance and make no representation that our risk mitigation efforts, although we believe they are reasonable, will be successful.
Economic conditions and other economic factors may adversely affect our financial performance and other aspects of our business by negatively impacting our customers’ disposable income or discretionary spending, affecting our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, increasing our costs of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses, and adversely affecting our sales or profitability.
We believe many of our customers have fixed or low incomes and generally have limited discretionary spending dollars. Any factor that could adversely affect that disposable income would decrease our customers’ confidence, spending, and number of trips to our stores, and could cause our customers to shift their spending to products other than those sold by us or to our less profitable product choices, all of which could result in lower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover, greater markdowns on inventory, a change in the mix of products we sell, and a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. Factors that could reduce our customers’ disposable income and over which we exercise no influence include but are not limited to adverse economic conditions such as increased or sustained high unemployment or underemployment levels, inflation, increases in fuel or other energy costs and interest rates, lack of available credit, consumer debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, concerns over government mandated participation in health insurance programs, increasing healthcare costs, and decreases in, or elimination of, government subsidies such as unemployment and food assistance programs.
Many of the factors identified above that affect disposable income, as well as commodity rates, transportation costs (including the costs of diesel fuel), costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in other laws and regulations and other economic factors, also affect our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, and may have other adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may adversely affect our sales or profitability. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors.
Our plans depend significantly on strategies and initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.
We have short-term and long-term strategies and initiatives (such as those relating to merchandising, marketing, real estate, sourcing, shrink, private brand, distribution and transportation, store operations, store formats, budgeting and expense reduction, and technology) in various stages of testing, evaluation, and implementation, upon which we expect to rely to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition and to achieve our financial plans. These initiatives are inherently risky and uncertain, even when tested successfully, in their application to our business in general. It is possible that successful testing can result partially from resources and attention that cannot be duplicated in broader implementation, particularly in light of the diverse geographic locations of our stores and the decentralized nature of our field management. General implementation also may be negatively affected by other risk factors described herein. Successful systemwide implementation relies on consistency of training, stability of workforce, ease of execution, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. Failure to achieve successful implementation of our initiatives or the cost of these initiatives exceeding management’s estimates could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
9
The success of our merchandising initiatives, particularly those with respect to non‑consumable merchandise and store‑specific products and allocations, depends in part upon our ability to predict consistently and successfully the products that our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in demographic mixes in our markets and consumer preferences, expectations and needs. If we are unable to select products that are attractive to customers, to timely obtain such products at costs that allow us to sell them at an acceptable profit, or to effectively market such products, our sales, market share and profitability could be adversely affected. If our merchandising efforts in the non‑consumables area or the higher margin areas within consumables are unsuccessful, we could be further adversely affected by our inability to offset the lower margins associated with our consumables business. Further, our merchandising efforts in the consumables area may not generate the net sales growth and increase customer traffic to the levels needed to offset the lower margins generated by sales of consumables and maintain our targeted gross profit margins.
If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores profitably and on schedule, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.
Our ability to open, relocate and remodel profitable stores is a key component of our planned future growth. Our ability to timely open stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of entitlement process or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers, in a cost effective manner; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Many of these factors also affect our ability to successfully relocate stores, and many of them are beyond our control.
Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels, or achieving lower than expected sales in these projects, could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. We also may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.
Some new stores and future new store opportunities may be located in areas, including but not limited to new states or metro urban areas, where we have limited or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those areas may have different competitive and market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, as well as higher cost of entry. These factors may cause our new stores to be initially less successful than stores in our existing markets, which could slow future growth in these areas.
Many new stores will be located in areas where we have existing stores. Although we have experience in these areas, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent oversaturation and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.
We face intense competition that could limit our growth opportunities and adversely impact our financial performance.
The retail business is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, product assortment and presentation, in‑stock consistency, customer service, promotional activity, customers, market share, and employees. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, including mass merchandise, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety, online retailers, and other specialty stores. This competitive environment subjects us to the risk of adverse impact to our financial performance because of the lower prices, and thus the lower margins, that may be required to maintain our competitive position. Also, companies like ours, due to customer demographics and other factors, may have limited ability to increase prices in response to increased costs without losing competitive position. This limitation may adversely affect our margins and financial performance. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than we can. If we fail to respond effectively to competitive pressures and changes in the retail markets, it could adversely affect our financial performance.
10
Competition for customers has intensified as competitors have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic markets and increased the availability of mobile and web‑based technology to facilitate online shopping and real‑time product and price comparisons and to create an omnichannel shopping experience. We expect this competition to continue to increase. We remain vulnerable to the marketing power and high level of consumer recognition of larger competitors and to the risk that these competitors or others could venture into our industry in a significant way, including through the introduction of new store formats. Further, consolidation within the discount retail industry could significantly alter the competitive dynamics of the retail marketplace. This consolidation may result in competitors with greatly improved financial resources, improved access to merchandise, greater market penetration and other improvements in their competitive positions, as well as result in the provision of a wider variety of products and services at competitive prices by these consolidated companies, which could adversely affect our financial performance.
Our profitability may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.
We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage and cannot be sure that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security or other costs to combat inventory theft, our results of operations and financial condition could be affected adversely.
Our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.
Our inventory balance represented approximately 53% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of February 3, 2017. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels and an appropriate product mix to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results or that subjects us to the risk of increased inventory shrinkage. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer trends, we inappropriately price products or our expectations about customer spending levels are inaccurate, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot make assurances that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected.
A significant disruption to our distribution network, to the capacity of our distribution centers or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.
We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost‑effective manner. Using various modes of transportation, including ocean, rail, and truck, we and our vendors move goods from vendor locations to our distribution centers. Deliveries to our stores occur from our distribution centers or directly from our vendors. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, increased carrier rates or driver wages as a result of driver shortages, a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or long‑term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries or which would necessitate our securing alternative labor or shipping suppliers could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business.
We maintain a network of distribution facilities and are moving forward with plans to build new facilities to support our growth objectives. Delays in opening distribution centers could adversely affect our future financial performance by slowing store growth, which may in turn reduce revenue growth, or by increasing transportation
11
costs. In addition, distribution‑related construction or expansion projects entail risks that could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction‑related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.
Risks associated with or faced by our suppliers could adversely affect our financial performance.
The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers, and we are dependent on our vendors to supply merchandise in a timely and efficient manner. In 2016, our largest and second largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 8% of our purchases. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs, result in a temporary reduction in store inventory levels, and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out‑of‑stocks that could lead to lost sales and damage to our reputation.
We directly imported approximately 6% of our purchases (measured at cost) in 2016, but many of our domestic vendors directly import their products or components of their products. Changes to the prices and flow of these goods for any reason, such as political unrest or acts of war, currency fluctuations, disruptions in maritime lanes, port labor disputes, and economic conditions and instability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers’ failure to meet our standards, issues with labor practices of our suppliers or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials to suppliers, increased import duties, merchandise quality or safety issues, transport availability and cost, increases in wage rates and taxes, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import, are beyond our control and could adversely affect our operations and profitability. While we are working to reduce our dependency on goods produced in China, a substantial amount of our imported merchandise still comes from China, and thus, a change in the Chinese leadership, economic and market conditions, internal economic stimulus actions, or currency or other policies, as well as increases in costs of labor and wage taxes, could negatively impact our merchandise costs. In addition, the United States’ foreign trade policies, duties, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and other factors relating to foreign trade and port labor agreements are beyond our control. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our business and financial performance. As we increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with these imports also will increase, and we may be exposed to additional or different risks as we increase imports of goods produced in countries other than China.
Our private brands may not maintain broad market acceptance and may increase the risks we face.
The sale of private brand items is an important component of our sales growth and gross profit rate enhancement plans. We have invested in our development and procurement resources and marketing efforts relating to these private brand offerings. We believe that our success in maintaining broad market acceptance of our private brands depends on many factors, including pricing, our costs, quality, customer perception and the timely development and introduction of new products. We may not achieve or maintain our expected sales for our private brands. The sale and expansion of our private brand offerings also subjects us to certain risks, such as: potential product liability risks and mandatory or voluntary product recalls; potential supply chain and distribution chain disruptions for raw materials and finished products; our ability to successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties; our ability to successfully administer and comply with applicable contractual obligations and legal and regulatory requirements; and other risks generally encountered by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail.
12
An increase in sales of our private brands may also adversely affect sales of our vendors’ products, which, in turn, could adversely affect our relationship with certain of our vendors. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our private brand initiatives and on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
Product liability, product recall or other product safety claims could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.
All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product safety laws, and we are dependent on them to ensure that the products we buy comply with all applicable safety standards. However, product liability, personal injury or other claims may be asserted against us relating to product contamination, product tampering, mislabeling, recall and other safety issues with respect to the products that we sell.
We seek but may not be successful in obtaining contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our vendors. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign vendors may be hindered by our ability to obtain jurisdiction over such vendors to enforce contractual indemnification obligations. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.
We are subject to governmental regulations, procedures and requirements. A significant change in, or noncompliance with, these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.
Our business is subject to numerous and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operations, and increased enforcement efforts. Further, uncertainties exist regarding the future application of certain of these legal requirements to our business. New laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with environmental compliance, product safety, food safety, information security and privacy, and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those governing the sale of products or employee wages, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall, can result in the imposition of penalties, including loss of licenses or significant fines or monetary penalties, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate.
Litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, competitors, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operations are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result,
13
litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding certain of these pending matters.
Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.
Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self‑insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on the dispersion of our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime, certain wage and hour and other employment‑related claims, including class actions, actions based on certain consumer protection laws, and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self‑insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage in response to these market changes. In addition, we self‑insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability and group health insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self‑insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect consumer shopping patterns, which could lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns and adversely affect our short‑term results of operations. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long‑term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.
Any failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to our customers, employees and vendors, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks or otherwise, could expose us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could materially disrupt our operations and harm our reputation and sales.
In connection with sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information. We also have access to, collect or maintain certain private or confidential information regarding our customers, employees and vendors, as well as our business. Additionally, under certain circumstances, we may share information with vendors that assist us in conducting our business (for example, third‑party vendors assist us in the transmittal of
14
credit and debit card information in connection with sales), as required by law, or otherwise in accordance with our privacy policy. While we have implemented procedures and technology intended to protect and safeguard our information and require appropriate controls of our vendors, it is possible that cyber-attackers might compromise our security measures or those of our technology and other vendors in the future and obtain the personal information of our customers, employees and vendors that we hold or our business information, as cyberattacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion. Moreover, employee error or malfeasance or other irregularities may result in a defeat of our or our third‑party vendors’ security measures and breach our or our third‑party vendors’ information systems.
Because we accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI DSS”), issued by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing, and transmission of cardholder data. Additionally, we have implemented technology in all of our stores to allow for the acceptance of Europay, Mastercard and Visa (EMV) credit transactions. Complying with PCI DSS standards and implementing related procedures, technology and information security measures require significant resources and ongoing attention. However, even as we comply with PCI DSS standards and offer EMV technology in our stores, we may be vulnerable to, and unable to detect and appropriately respond to, data security breaches and data loss, including cybersecurity attacks or other breach of cardholder data.
A security breach of any kind (whether experienced by us or one of our vendors), which could be undetected for a period of time, or any failure by us to comply with the applicable privacy and information security laws, regulations and standards could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions, fines or penalties, credit card brand assessments, and costly response measures (including, for example, providing notification to, and credit monitoring services for, affected customers, as well as further upgrades to our security measures) which may not be covered by or may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies, and could materially disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative media attention and publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share as a result of customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores or not shopping in our stores altogether and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business and are continually improving our information processes and computer systems to better run our business. These technology initiatives may not deliver desired results or may do so on a delayed schedule. Additionally, such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, facility damage, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, cyber attacks, natural disasters and human error. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions or disruptions in our operations in the interim, may experience loss or corruption of critical data and may receive negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these vendors, developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner and could expose us to greater risk of a cybersecurity breach or other cyber attack. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.
15
Failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.
Our future growth and performance, positive customer experience and regulatory compliance depends on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees, many of whom are in positions with historically high rates of turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulations (including changes in “entitlement” programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs), and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. If we are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, potential regulatory changes relating to overtime exemptions for certain employees under federal and state laws could result in increased labor costs to our business and negatively affect our operating results if the regulatory changes are implemented. Our ability to pass along labor costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low price model, and we may not be able to offset such increased costs elsewhere in our business.
Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.
Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any of our executive officers could have an adverse effect on our operations. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.
Because our business is somewhat seasonal, with the highest volume of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarter could materially affect our financial statements as a whole.
We generally recognize our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In anticipation of this holiday, we purchase substantial amounts of seasonal inventory. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, high unemployment rates, high gas prices, public transportation disruptions, or unusual or unanticipated adverse weather could result in lower‑than‑planned sales during the Christmas selling season. An excess of seasonal merchandise inventory could result if our net sales during the Christmas selling season fall below seasonal norms or expectations. If our fourth quarter sales results were substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise.
Deterioration in market conditions or changes in our credit profile could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.
We rely on the positive cash flow we generate from our operating activities and our access to the credit and capital markets to fund our operations, growth strategy, and return of cash to our shareholders through share repurchases and dividends. Changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing or restrict our access to these potential sources of future liquidity. Our continued access to these liquidity sources on favorable terms depends on multiple factors, including our operating performance and our credit ratings. Our debt securities currently have an investment grade rating, and a downgrade of this rating likely would negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase our cost of borrowing. As a result, any disruptions or turmoil in the debt markets or any downgrade of our credit ratings could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition and our ability to return cash to our shareholders. There can be no assurances that our ability to obtain additional financing
16
through the debt markets will not be adversely impacted by economic conditions or that we will be able to maintain or improve our current credit ratings.
New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.
The implementation of new accounting standards will require extensive systems, internal process and other changes that could increase our operating costs, and also will result in changes to our financial statements. In particular, the implementation of accounting standards related to leases, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) are requiring us to make significant changes to our lease management and other accounting systems, and will result in significant changes to our financial statements. Additionally, the FASB has issued accounting standards related to revenue recognition and intra-entity transfers that could result in changes to our financial statements.
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
As of March 3, 2017, we operated 13,429 retail stores located in 44 states as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
Number of Stores |
|
State |
|
Number of Stores |
|
Alabama |
|
|
|
Nebraska |
|
|
|
Arizona |
|
|
|
Nevada |
|
|
|
Arkansas |
|
|
|
New Hampshire |
|
|
|
California |
|
|
|
New Jersey |
|
|
|
Colorado |
|
|
|
New Mexico |
|
|
|
Connecticut |
|
|
|
New York |
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
North Carolina |
|
|
|
Florida |
|
|
|
North Dakota |
|
|
|
Georgia |
|
|
|
Ohio |
|
|
|
Illinois |
|
|
|
Oklahoma |
|
|
|
Indiana |
|
|
|
Oregon |
|
|
|
Iowa |
|
|
|
Pennsylvania |
|
|
|
Kansas |
|
|
|
Rhode Island |
|
|
|
Kentucky |
|
|
|
South Carolina |
|
|
|
Louisiana |
|
|
|
South Dakota |
|
|
|
Maine |
|
|
|
Tennessee |
|
|
|
Maryland |
|
|
|
Texas |
|
|
|
Massachusetts |
|
|
|
Utah |
|
|
|
Michigan |
|
|
|
Vermont |
|
|
|
Minnesota |
|
|
|
Virginia |
|
|
|
Mississippi |
|
|
|
West Virginia |
|
|
|
Missouri |
|
|
|
Wisconsin |
|
|
|
17
Most of our stores are located in leased premises. Individual store leases vary as to their terms, rental provisions and expiration dates. Many stores are subject to build‑to‑suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter‑term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. A significant portion of our new stores are subject to build‑to‑suit arrangements.
As of March 3, 2017, we operated fourteen distribution centers, as described in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Approximate Square |
|
Number of |
|
Location |
|
Opened |
|
Footage |
|
Stores Served |
|
Scottsville, KY |
|
1959 |
|
|
|
|
|
Ardmore, OK |
|
1994 |
|
|
|
|
|
South Boston, VA |
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
|
Indianola, MS |
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
|
Fulton, MO |
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
Alachua, FL |
|
2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Zanesville, OH |
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
Jonesville, SC |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
Marion, IN |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
Bessemer, AL |
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
Lebec, CA |
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
Bethel, PA |
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
San Antonio, TX |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
Janesville, WI |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
We lease the distribution centers located in California, Oklahoma, Mississippi and Missouri and own the remaining distribution centers in the table above. Approximately 7.25 acres of the land on which our Kentucky distribution center is located is subject to a ground lease. As of February 3, 2017, we leased approximately 871,000 square feet of additional temporary warehouse space to support our distribution needs.
Our executive offices are located in approximately 302,000 square feet of owned buildings and approximately 56,000 square feet of leased office space in Goodlettsville, Tennessee.
The information contained in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements under the heading “Legal proceedings” contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by this reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.
18
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Information regarding our current executive officers as of March 24, 2017 is set forth below. Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our Board of Directors and is elected annually by the Board to serve until a successor is duly elected. There are no familial relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Todd J. Vasos |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
John W. Garratt |
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Jeffery C. Owen |
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Store Operations |
Robert D. Ravener |
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer |
Rhonda M. Taylor |
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
James W. Thorpe |
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer |
Anita C. Elliott |
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
Michael J. Kindy |
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain |
Mr. Vasos has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since June 2015. He joined Dollar General in December 2008 as Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer. He was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in November 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Vasos served in executive positions with Longs Drug Stores Corporation for 7 years, including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (February 2008 through November 2008) and Senior Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer (2001 - 2008), where he was responsible for all pharmacy and front‑end marketing, merchandising, procurement, supply chain, advertising, store development, store layout and space allocation, and the operation of three distribution centers. He also previously served in leadership positions at Phar‑Mor Food and Drug Inc. and Eckerd Corporation.
Mr. Garratt has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 2, 2015. He joined Dollar General in October 2014 as Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy and subsequently served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from July 2015 to December 2015. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Garratt held various positions of increasing responsibility with Yum! Brands, Inc., one of the world’s largest restaurant companies, between May 2004 and October 2014, holding leadership positions in corporate strategy and financial planning. He served as Vice President, Finance and Division Controller for the KFC division and earlier for the Pizza Hut division and for Yum Restaurants International between October 2013 and October 2014. He also served as the Senior Director, Yum Corporate Strategy, from March 2010 to October 2013, reporting directly to the corporate Chief Financial Officer and leading corporate strategy as well as driving key cross‑divisional initiatives. Mr. Garratt served in various other financial positions at Yum from May 2004 to March 2010. He served as Plant Controller for Alcoa Inc. between April 2002 and May 2004, and held various financial management positions at General Electric from March 1999 to April 2002. He began his career in May 1990 at Alcoa, where he served for approximately nine years.
Mr. Owen returned to Dollar General in June 2015 as Executive Vice President of Store Operations, with over 21 years of previous employment experience with the Company. Prior to his departure from Dollar General in July 2014, he was Senior Vice President, Store Operations. Prior to August 2011, Mr. Owen served as Vice President, Division Manager. From November 2006 to March 2007, he served as Retail Division Manager. Prior to November 2006, he was Senior Director, Operations Process Improvement. Mr. Owen served the Company in various operations roles of increasing importance and responsibility from December 1992 to September 2004. Mr. Owen has served as a director of Kirkland’s Inc. since March 30, 2015.
Mr. Ravener joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer in August 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. Prior to joining Dollar General, he served in human resources executive roles with Starbucks Corporation, a roaster, marketer and retailer of specialty coffee, from
19
September 2005 until August 2008 as the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources and, prior to that, as the Vice President, Partner Resources—Eastern Division. As the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener oversaw all aspects of human resources activity for more than 10,000 stores. Prior to serving at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener held Vice President of Human Resources roles for The Home Depot Inc., a home improvement retailer, at its Store Support Center and a domestic field division from April 2003 to September 2005. Mr. Ravener also served in executive roles in both human resources and operations at Footstar, Inc. and roles of increasing leadership at PepsiCo, Inc.
Ms. Taylor has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel since March 17, 2015. She joined Dollar General as an Employment Attorney in March 2000 and was subsequently promoted to Senior Employment Attorney in 2001, Deputy General Counsel in 2004, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel in March 2010, and Senior Vice President and General Counsel in June 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, she practiced law with Ogletree, Deakins, Nash, Smoak & Stewart, P.C., where she specialized in labor law and employment litigation. She has also held attorney positions with Ford & Harrison LLP and Stokes & Bartholomew.
Mr. Thorpe returned to Dollar General in August 2015 as Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, with over six years of previous employment experience with the Company. Mr. Thorpe has advised the Company of his intention to resign, which will be effective April 15, 2017. He previously served as Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager, from May 2006 when he joined the Company until his departure in July 2012. Following his departure from Dollar General, Mr. Thorpe provided on a limited ad‑hoc basis certain retail industry consulting services as President of JW Thorpe & Associates, Inc. Prior to Dollar General, he served in various positions of increasing importance and responsibility with Sears Holdings Corporation, a leading integrated retailer, from March 1991 to May 2006 where his last position was Vice President and General Merchandise Manager—Hard Home of Sears Home Group. Prior to Sears, he worked as a Marketing Program Manager for Zenith Data Systems, a personal computer development and sales company, from July 1990 to February 1991. He began his career at The MAXIMA Corporation, an information technology services company, where he held various project administration and analyst positions.
Ms. Elliott has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since December 2, 2015. She joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005, where she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney‑Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney‑Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney‑Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were with Ernst & Young LLP.
Mr. Kindy joined Dollar General as Vice President, Distribution Centers in December 2008. He became Vice President, Transportation in May 2013 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain in June 2015. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Kindy had 14 years of grocery distribution management and 5 years of logistics and distribution consulting experience. He served as Senior Director, Warehouse Operations, for ConAgra Foods, one of North America’s largest packaged food companies, from November 2007 to December 2008. Since beginning his career in July 1989, Mr. Kindy also held various distribution and warehouse leadership positions at Safeway, Inc., Crum & Crum Logistics, and Specialized Distribution Management, Inc., and served as a principal consultant for PricewaterhouseCoopers.
20
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DG.” The high and low sales prices during each quarter in fiscal 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
Second |
|
Third |
|
Fourth |
|
||||
2016 |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
||||
High |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Low |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
Second |
|
Third |
|
Fourth |
|
||||
2015 |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
||||
High |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Low |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
On March 17, 2017, our stock price at the close of the market was $72.33 and there were approximately 2,148 shareholders of record of our common stock.
Dividends
On March 15, 2017, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per share, which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record of our common stock on April 11, 2017. We paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.25 in 2016 and $0.22 per share in 2015. Prior to March 2015, we had not declared or paid recurring dividends since March 2007. Although the Board intends to continue regular quarterly cash dividends, the declaration and amount of future cash dividends are subject to the Board’s discretion based on an evaluation of our earnings performance, financial condition, capital needs and other relevant factors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table contains information regarding purchases of our common stock made during the quarter ended February 3, 2017 by or on behalf of Dollar General or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined by Rule 10b‑18(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number |
|
Approximate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares |
|
Dollar Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
of Shares that May |
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
Average |
|
as Part of Publicly |
|
Yet Be Purchased |
|
||
|
|
Shares |
|
Price Paid |
|
Announced Plans or |
|
Under the Plans |
|
||
Period |
|
Purchased |
|
per Share |
|
Programs(a) |
|
or Programs(a) |
|
||
10/29/16-11/30/16 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
12/01/16-12/31/16 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
01/01/17-02/03/17 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
A $500 million share repurchase program was publicly announced on September 5, 2012, and increases in the authorization under such program were announced on March 25, 2013 ($500 million increase), December 5, 2013 ($1.0 billion increase), March 12, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase), December 3, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase) and August 25, 2016 ($1.0 billion increase). Under the authorization, purchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions. This repurchase authorization has no expiration date. |
21
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial information of Dollar General Corporation as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical statement of income data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015 and balance sheet data as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected historical statement of income data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013 and balance sheet data as of January 30, 2015, January 31, 2014, and February 1, 2013 presented in this table have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.
The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II,
22
Item 7 of this report. Certain financial disclosures relating to prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions, excluding per share data, |
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||||||||
number of stores, selling square feet, and net sales |
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
January 31, |
|
February 1, |
|
|||||
per square foot) |
|
2017(1) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
|||||
Statement of Income Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Earnings per share—basic |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Earnings per share—diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial and Operating Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same store sales growth(2) |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
Same store sales(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Number of stores included in same store sales calculation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of stores (at period end) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling square feet (in thousands at period end) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales per square foot(3) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Consumables sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
Seasonal sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
Home products sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
Apparel sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
Rent expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The fiscal year ended February 3, 2017 was comprised of 53 weeks. |
23
|
(2) |
|
Same‑store sales are calculated based upon stores that were open at least 13 full fiscal months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. We include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated in our same‑store sales calculation. Changes in same-store sales are calculated based on the comparable 52 calendar weeks in the current and prior years . |
|
(3) |
|
Net sales per square foot was calculated based on total sales for the preceding 12 months as of the ending date of the reporting period divided by the average selling square footage during the period, including the end of the fiscal year, the beginning of the fiscal year, and the end of each of our three interim fiscal quarters. |
|
(4) |
|
Debt issuance costs are reflected as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability for all periods presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
January 31, |
|
February 1, |
|
|
|
2017(1) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2): |
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
(1) |
|
The fiscal year ended February 3, 2017 was comprised of 53 weeks. |
|
(2) |
|
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (a) earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes, plus fixed charges less capitalized expenses related to indebtedness (amortization expense for capitalized interest is not significant) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest expense (whether expensed or capitalized), the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts related to indebtedness, and the interest portion of rent expense. |
24
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This discussion and analysis should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto. It also should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward‑Looking Statements and the Risk Factors disclosures set forth in the Introduction and in Item 1A of this report, respectively.
Executive Overview
We are among the largest discount retailers in the United States by number of stores, with 13,429 stores located in 44 states as of March 3, 2017, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumable products such as food, paper and cleaning products, health and beauty products and pet supplies, and non-consumable products such as seasonal merchandise, home decor and domestics, and basic apparel. Our merchandise includes high-quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as our own value and comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our customers these national brand and private brand products at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) in our convenient small-box locations.
Because the customers we serve are value-conscious, many with low or fixed incomes, we are intensely focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. We believe our convenient store format and broad selection of high-quality products at compelling values have driven our substantial growth and financial success over the years. Like other retailers, we have been operating for several years in an environment with ongoing macroeconomic challenges and uncertainties. Our core customers are often among the first to be affected by negative or uncertain economic conditions, and are among the last to feel the effects of improving economic conditions particularly when, as in the recent past, trends are inconsistent and their duration unknown. The primary macroeconomic factors that affect our core customers include the unemployment rate, the underemployment rate, wage growth, fuel prices, and changes to certain government assistance programs, such as the 2016 changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, which had the effect of not only reducing benefit levels but also eliminating benefit eligibility for certain individuals. Additionally, our customers are impacted by increases in those expenses that generally comprise a large portion of their budget, such as rent and healthcare, and during 2016, these expenses increased at a rate that was greater than many of our core customers’ growth in income. We believe the overall effect of the factors listed above have negatively affected our traffic and, along with deflationary pressures, including both lower commodity costs and pricing actions on our products, have negatively affected same-store sales.
During 2016, we undertook a strategic review of our business and the retail environment that was designed to help identify additional long-term growth opportunities. This strategic review resulted in prioritizing those growth opportunities that we believe are most important for the business, such as leveraging digital tools and technology, while ensuring that we maintain our brand heritage and build upon our organizational capabilities.
Following this strategic review, we remain committed to the following long-term operating priorities as we consistently strive to improve our performance while retaining our customer-centric focus: 1) driving profitable sales growth, 2) capturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our position as a low-cost operator, and 4) investing in our people as a competitive advantage.
We seek to drive profitable sales growth through initiatives aimed at increasing customer traffic and average transaction amount, as well as an ongoing focus on enhancing our margins while maintaining both everyday low price and affordability.
Historically, our sales of consumables, which tend to have lower gross margins, have been the key drivers of net sales and customer traffic, while sales of non-consumables, which tend to have higher gross
25
margins, have contributed to profitable sales growth and an increase in average transaction amount. We expect these trends to continue in 2017. Same-store sales growth is key to achieving our objectives. As noted above, in recent periods economic and competitive deflationary pressures resulting in lower commodity costs and prices has negatively affected our net and same store sales performance, and the continuation, if any, of these deflationary pressures could negatively impact sales of certain items going forward. Additionally, we have made certain pricing adjustments and marketing investments in designated geographies with a focus on the consumables category to drive customer traffic. These pricing adjustments and marketing investments are performing well in the majority of stores that received them with improvements in transactions, units, and same-store sales. We expect to continue to evaluate and refresh these pricing adjustments across various items, categories and markets as needed.
During 2016, we made significant progress with the rollout of other initiatives designed to increase customer traffic and sales, such as the expansion of coolers in existing stores, the expansion of certain product classes including health and beauty care, party and stationery, and improvement in our in-stock position. We plan to further this progress in 2017 with the continued expansion of coolers, the rollout of additional merchandising initiatives across all merchandise categories, a continued focus on improving our in-stock position, and the addition of a queue line, similar to that in our DG16 layout stores discussed below, in a portion of our existing store base. We will continue to utilize our updated customer segmentation information, which has provided us with deeper insights into the spending habits for each of our core customer segments, to refine these initiatives and drive our category management process, as we optimize our assortment and expand into those products that are most likely to drive customer traffic to our stores. We plan to enhance our advertising effectiveness in 2017 by further integrating our traditional and digital media mix, designed to ensure that we reach our target customers where, when and how they decide to engage with us while also targeting a higher return on investment. We also plan to continue investing in our existing store base through many of these targeted merchandising initiatives, with a goal to drive increased customer traffic, average transaction amount and same-store sales.
We demonstrate our commitment to the affordability needs of our core customer by pricing more than 80% of our stock-keeping units at $5 or less at the end of 2016. However, as we work to provide everyday low prices and meet our customers’ affordability needs, we also remain focused on enhancing our margins through effective category management, inventory shrink reduction initiatives, private brands penetration, efforts to improve distribution and transportation efficiencies, global sourcing, and pricing and markdown optimization. With respect to category management, we strive to maintain an appropriate mix of consumables and non-consumables sales because, as noted above, the mix of sales affects profitability due to the varying gross margins between, and even within, the consumables and non-consumables categories. To support our efforts to reduce inventory shrink, we continue to implement additional in-store defensive merchandising and technology-based tools, such as Electronic Article Surveillance and video-enabled exception-based reporting in select stores. We strive to balance these and other shrink reduction efforts with our efforts to improve our in-stock position. We seek to reduce our stem miles and optimize loads to improve distribution and transportation efficiencies.
To support our other operating priorities, we remain focused on capturing growth opportunities and innovating within our channel. In 2016, we continued to expand our store count, opening 900 stores and remodeling or relocating 906 stores. In 2017, we intend to open approximately 1,000 stores and to relocate or remodel approximately 900 stores.
We continue to innovate within our channel, and during 2016 we began implementing the DG16 store layout for all new stores, relocations and remodels. In addition, we also began testing a smaller format store (less than 6,000 square feet) which we believe could allow us to capture growth opportunities in metropolitan areas as well as rural areas with a low number of households. In 2017, we plan to incorporate into a portion of our existing store base certain lessons learned from the DG16 layout and smaller format stores, as well those learned in connection with the conversion of the larger format former Walmart Express stores we acquired during 2016. To support our new store growth and drive productivity, we continue to make investments in our distribution center network. During 2016, we opened new distribution centers in Texas and Wisconsin. Our fifteenth distribution center in Jackson, Georgia is under construction with a goal to begin shipping from this facility in late 2017. We
26
expect to break ground on our sixteenth distribution center in Amsterdam, New York in mid-2017 to support our northeast growth.
We have established a position as a low-cost operator, continuously seeking ways to reduce or control costs that do not affect our customers’ shopping experience. We continued to enhance this position during 2016 through our zero-based budgeting initiative, streamlining our business while also reducing certain expenses as a percentage of sales. This initiative was successful in 2016, as evidenced by reductions in administrative payroll, advertising and certain other costs, and we believe this initiative has the momentum to assist in leveraging SG&A expenses at a lower same-store sales growth percentage over the long term. In addition, we remain committed to simplifying or eliminating store-level tasks and processes so that those time savings can be reinvested by our Store Managers and their teams in important areas such as enhanced customer service, higher in-stock levels, and improved store standards.
Our employees are a competitive advantage, and we are always searching for ways to continue investing in them. We invest in our employees in an effort to create an environment that attracts and retains talented personnel, as we believe that, particularly at the store level, employees who are promoted from within generally have longer tenures and are greater contributors to improvements in our financial performance. During 2016, these efforts helped to achieve our lowest level of store manager turnover in four years. During 2017, we will build upon this foundation by investing approximately $70 million, primarily for increased compensation and training for our store managers, as well as strategic initiatives. Our store managers play a critical role in our customer experience, and we anticipate this investment in their compensation will contribute to improved customer experience scores, higher sales, lower shrink and improved turnover metrics. The proposed changes to the overtime exemption regulations under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) are subject to an injunction by a federal court and if such regulations were to be implemented, we likely will incur incremental SG&A expenses.
To further enhance shareholder return in 2017, we plan to continue to repurchase shares of our common stock, although we expect to do so in a lower amount than in 2016, and pay quarterly cash dividends, subject to Board discretion.
A continued focus on our four operating priorities as discussed above, coupled with strong cash flow management and share repurchases resulted in solid overall operating and financial performance in 2016 as compared to 2015, as set forth below. Basis points, as referred to below, are equal to 0.01% as a percentage of net sales.
|
· |
|
Net sales in 2016 increased 7.9% over 2015. Sales in same-stores increased 0.9%, primarily due to an increase in average transaction amount accompanied by traffic that was essentially unchanged from the prior year. Average sales per square foot in 2016 were $229, including a $4 contribution from the 53 rd week, as compared to $226 per square foot in 2015. |
|
· |
|
Operating profit increased 6.3% to $2.06 billion, or 9.4% of sales, compared to $1.94 billion, or 9.5% of sales in 2015. The decrease in our operating profit rate reflects an 11 basis-point decrease in our gross profit rate and a 3 basis-point increase in SG&A. |
|
· |
|
Our gross profit rate decreased by 11 basis points due primarily to higher markdowns, a greater proportion of sales of consumables, and a higher rate of inventory shrinkage. |
|
· |
|
The increase in SG&A, as a percentage of sales, was due primarily to increases in retail labor costs. For other factors, see the detailed discussion that follows. |
|
· |
|
Interest expense increased by $10.9 million in 2016 to $97.8 million due primarily to greater average debt outstanding and higher average interest rates. |
27
|
· |
|
The decrease in the effective income tax rate to 36.3% in 2016 from 37.1% in 2015 was due primarily to an accounting change related to share-based compensation. |
|
· |
|
We reported net income of $1.25 billion, or $4.43 per diluted share, for 2016, compared to net income of $1.17 billion, or $3.95 per diluted share, for 2015. Stock repurchase activity during 2015 and 2016 contributed to the increase in diluted earnings per share. |
|
· |
|
We generated approximately $1.61 billion of cash flows from operating activities in 2016, an increase of 15.3% compared to 2015. We primarily utilized our cash flows from operating activities to invest in the growth of our business, repurchase our common stock, and pay quarterly cash dividends. |
|
· |
|
Inventory turnover was 4.7 times on a rolling four-quarter basis. Inventories decreased 0.7% on a per store basis compared to 2015. |
|
· |
|
We opened 900 new stores, remodeled or relocated 906 stores, and closed 63 stores. |
|
· |
|
We repurchased approximately 12.4 million shares of our outstanding common stock for $990 million. |
Readers should refer to the detailed discussion of our operating results below for additional comments on financial performance in the current year periods as compared with the prior year periods.
Results of Operations
Accounting Periods. The following text contains references to years 2016, 2015, and 2014, which represent fiscal years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Fiscal year 2016 was a 53-week accounting period and fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were 52-week accounting periods.
Seasonality . The nature of our business is somewhat seasonal. Primarily because of sales of Christmas-related merchandise, sales in our fourth quarter (November, December and January) have historically been higher than sales achieved in each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses, and to a greater extent operating profit, vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods. For more information about the seasonality of our business, see “Seasonality” included in Part 1, Item 1 of this report.
28
The following table contains results of operations data for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, and the dollar and percentage variances among those years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 vs. 2015 |
|
2015 vs. 2014 |
|
||||||
(amounts in millions, except per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
% |
|
Amount |
|
% |
|
||
amounts) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
Change |
|
Change |
|
Change |
|
Change |
|
|||||
Net sales by category: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumables |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seasonal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home products |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apparel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
% of net sales |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
Net Sales . The net sales increase in 2016 reflects a same-store sales increase of 0.9% compared to 2015, primarily due to an increase in average transaction amount accompanied by traffic that was essentially unchanged as compared to the prior year. Same-store sales were affected by the factors discussed in the Executive Overview above. For 2016, there were 12,383 same-stores, which accounted for sales of $20.3 billion. Same-stores include stores that have been open for at least 13 months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. Changes in same-store sales are calculated based on the comparable calendar weeks in the prior year, and include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated. Same-store sales results reflect positive results in the consumables and home products categories, partially offset by negative results in our apparel and seasonal categories. Net sales for the 53 rd week of 2016 totaled $398.7 million. The remainder of the increase in sales in 2016 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores.
The net sales increase in 2015 reflects a same-store sales increase of 2.8% compared to 2014. For 2015, there were 11,706 same-stores, which accounted for sales of $19.25 billion. The increase in sales reflects increases in both customer traffic and average transaction amounts. Same-store sales results reflect positive results in all four of our product categories, with the greatest increases in sales of consumables and seasonal, followed by home products and apparel. The remainder of the increase in sales in 2015 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores.
29
Of our four major merchandise categories, the consumables category, which generally has a lower gross profit rate than the other three categories, has grown most significantly over the past several years. Because of the impact of sales mix on gross profit, we continually review our merchandise mix and strive to adjust it when appropriate.
Gross Profit. The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 30.8% in 2016. Gross profit increased by 7.6% in 2016 as compared to 2015, and as a percentage of sales, declined by 11 basis points over the same period. The gross profit rate decrease in 2016 as compared to 2015 primarily reflects increased markdowns which were driven by promotional and inventory clearance activity, sales of lower-margin consumables comprising a greater proportion of net sales, and increased inventory shrink, partially offset by higher initial inventory markups and lower transportation costs. We recorded a LIFO benefit of $12.2 million in 2016 compared to a LIFO benefit of $2.3 million in 2015.
The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.0% in 2015 compared to 30.7% in 2014. Gross profit increased by 8.7% in 2015, and as a percentage of sales, increased by 27 basis points. The gross profit rate increase in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily reflects lower transportation costs and an improved rate of inventory shrinkage, partially offset by increased markdowns. We recorded a LIFO benefit of $2.3 million in 2015 compared to a LIFO provision of $4.2 million in 2014.
SG&A. SG&A was 21.5% as a percentage of sales in 2016, increasing by 3 basis points over 2015. The 2016 results reflect increases in retail labor costs, which increased at a rate greater than the increase in net sales, partially offset by reductions in administrative payroll costs, incentive compensation expenses, and advertising costs. The 2016 results also reflect an increase in disaster-related expenses of $12.2 million over 2015, much of which was hurricane-related.
SG&A was 21.4% as a percentage of sales in 2015 compared to 21.3% in 2014, an increase of 10 basis points. The 2015 results reflect increases in incentive compensation expenses, repairs and maintenance expenses, occupancy costs, and fees associated with an increase in debit card transactions. Partially offsetting these items was a higher volume of cash back transactions resulting in increased convenience fees collected from customers. The 2014 results reflect expenses of $14.3 million, or 8 basis points as a percentage of sales, related to an acquisition that was not completed.
Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $10.9 million to $97.8 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to an increase in average debt outstanding and higher average interest rates. See the detailed discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” regarding the financing of various long-term obligations. Interest expense decreased $1.3 million to $86.9 million in 2015 compared to 2014.
We had outstanding variable-rate debt of $924.3 million and $686.6 million as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively. The remainder of our outstanding indebtedness at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016 was fixed rate debt.
Income Taxes . The effective income tax rates for 2016, 2015 and 2014 were expenses of 36.3%, 37.1% and 36.6%, respectively.
The effective income tax rate for 2016 was 36.3% compared to a rate of 37.1% for 2015 which represents a net decrease of 0.8 percentage points. The effective income tax rate was lower in 2016 due principally to the early adoption of a change in accounting guidance related to employee share-based payments requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits in the statement of income rather than in the balance sheet, as reported in prior years.
The effective income tax rate for 2015 was 37.1% compared to a rate of 36.6% for 2014 which represents a net increase of 0.5 percentage points. The effective income tax rate was lower in 2014 due principally to federal and state reserve releases in 2014 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2015. As in prior years, we receive a
30
significant income tax benefit related to wages paid to certain newly hired employees that qualify for federal jobs credits (principally the Work Opportunity Tax Credit or “WOTC”). In December 2015, Congress retroactively extended the federal law authorizing the WOTC for the period from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2019.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not party to any material off balance sheet arrangements.
Effects of Inflation
In 2016, we experienced product cost deflation reflecting reductions in commodity costs primarily related to food products. We experienced minimal overall commodity cost inflation or deflation in 2015 and 2014.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Current Financial Condition and Recent Developments
During the past three years, we have generated an aggregate of approximately $4.3 billion in cash flows from operating activities and incurred approximately $1.4 billion in capital expenditures. During that period, we expanded the number of stores we operate by 2,188, representing growth of approximately 20%, and we remodeled or relocated 2,702 stores, or approximately 20% of the stores we operated as of February 3, 2017. In 2017, we intend to continue our current strategy of pursuing store growth, remodels and relocations.
At February 3, 2017, we had a five-year $1.425 billion unsecured credit agreement, and we had outstanding $2.3 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. As further discussed below, during the third quarter of 2016, we established a commercial paper program that may provide borrowing availability of up to $1.0 billion. At February 3, 2017, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $3.2 billion, which includes balances under the 2015 Term Facility and 2015 Revolving Facility (each as defined below), commercial paper, and senior notes, all of which are described in greater detail below. We had $986.2 million available for borrowing under the unsecured credit agreement that, due to our intention to maintain borrowing availability related to the commercial paper program as described below, could contribute incremental liquidity of $495.7 million at February 3, 2017. We entered into an amended and restated credit agreement on February 22, 2017 as described further below. The information contained in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference.
We believe our cash flow from operations and existing cash balances, combined with availability under the Facilities (as defined below), the commercial paper program and access to the debt markets will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, capital spending and anticipated dividend payments for a period that includes the next twelve months as well as the next several years. However, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity may be affected by numerous factors, many of which are outside of our control. Depending on our liquidity levels, conditions in the capital markets and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or other securities, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for our operations.
For the remainder of fiscal 2017, we anticipate potential borrowings under the unsecured revolving credit facility described below and our commercial paper program to be a maximum of approximately $750 million outstanding at any one time, including any anticipated borrowings to fund repurchases of common stock.
Credit Facilities
On February 22, 2017, we entered into an unsecured amended and restated credit agreement (the “Facilities”), which consists of a $175.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) and a $1.25 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) which provides for the issuance
31
of letters of credit up to $175.0 million. The Term Facility is scheduled to mature on October 20, 2020 and the Revolving Facility is scheduled to mature on February 22, 2022. The Facilities replaced our previous unsecured credit agreement which consisted of a $425.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the “2015 Term Facility”) and a $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2015 Revolving Facility”).
Borrowings under the Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at our option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings as of March 3, 2017 was 1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.10% for base-rate borrowings and the commitment fee rate is 0.15%. We also must pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the Facilities, and customary fees on letters of credit issued under the Revolving Facility. The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the Facilities are subject to adjustment from time to time based on our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average all-in interest rate for borrowings under the Facilities was 1.88% as of March 3, 2017.
The Facilities can be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty. There is no required amortization under the Facilities. The Facilities contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our (including our subsidiaries’) ability to: incur additional liens; sell all or substantially all of our assets; consummate certain fundamental changes or change in our lines of business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness. The Facilities also contain financial covenants that require the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of March 3, 2017, we were in compliance with all such covenants. The Facilities also contain customary events of default. The terms of the Term Facility and the Revolving Facility are substantially similar to the terms of the 2015 Term Facility and the 2015 Revolving Facility, respectively, including financial covenants and events of default.
As of February 3, 2017, under the 2015 Revolving Facility, we had no outstanding borrowings and outstanding letters of credit of $13.8 million. In addition, as of February 3, 2017 we had outstanding letters of credit of $29.4 million which were issued pursuant to separate agreements.
Commercial Paper
On August 1, 2016, we established a commercial paper program under which we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”). Under this program, we may issue the CP Notes from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 billion outstanding at any time. The CP Notes have maturities of up to 364 days from the date of issue and rank equal in right of payment with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. We intend to maintain available commitments under the Revolving Facility in an amount at least equal to the amount of CP Notes outstanding at any time. We had $490.5 million of CP Notes outstanding at February 3, 2017 that were classified as long-term obligations in the consolidated balance sheet due to our intent and ability to refinance these obligations as long-term debt, at a weighted average borrowing rate of 1.0%.
Senior Notes
We have $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2017 (the “2017 Senior Notes”) which are scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017; $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.875% senior notes due 2018 (the “2018 Senior Notes”), net of discount of $0.1 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2018; $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 Senior Notes”), net of discount of $1.6 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2023; and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.150% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Senior Notes”), net of discount of $0.7 million, which are scheduled to mature on November 1, 2025. Collectively, the 2017 Senior Notes, the 2018 Senior Notes, the 2023 Senior Notes and the 2025 Senior Notes comprise the “Senior Notes”, each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as supplemented and amended by supplemental indentures relating to each series of Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the “Senior Indenture”). Interest on the 2017 Senior Notes is
32
payable in cash on January 15 and July 15 of each year. Interest on the 2018 Senior Notes and the 2023 Senior Notes is payable in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year. We expect to refinance the 2017 Senior Notes prior to their maturity utilizing proceeds from one or more of the issuance of additional senior notes, revolver borrowings or issuance of CP Notes.
We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices set forth in the Senior Indenture. Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of our Senior Notes has the right to require us to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.
The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, our ability (subject to certain exceptions) to consolidate, merge, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.
The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on our Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable, as applicable.
Rating Agencies
On June 1, 2016, Moody’s Investors Service upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating to Baa2 from Baa3, and on August 3, 2016, assigned to us a commercial paper rating of P-2 and affirmed our existing senior unsecured debt rating of Baa2, both with a stable outlook. On August 4, 2016, Standard & Poor’s assigned to us a short-term corporate credit and commercial paper rating of A-2 and affirmed our existing long-term corporate credit and senior unsecured rating of BBB, all with a stable outlook. Our current credit ratings, as well as future rating agency actions, could (i) impact our ability to finance our operations on satisfactory terms; (ii) affect our financing costs; and (iii) affect our insurance premiums and collateral requirements necessary for our self-insured programs. There can be no assurance that we will maintain or improve our current credit ratings.
Interest Rate Swaps
From time to time, we use interest rate swaps to minimize the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. These swaps are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between the derivative financial instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our Facilities and the CP Notes. At February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, we had no outstanding interest rate swaps. For more information see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” below.
33
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of February 3, 2017 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|||||||||||||
Contractual obligations |
|
Total |
|
< 1 year |
|
1 - 3 years |
|
3 - 5 years |
|
5+ years |
|
|||||
Long-term debt obligations |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest(a) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Self-insurance liabilities(b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments Expiring by Period |
|
|||||||||||||
Commercial commitments(d) |
|
Total |
|
< 1 year |
|
1 - 3 years |
|
3 - 5 years |
|
5+ years |
|
|||||
Letters of credit |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
Purchase obligations(e) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Subtotal |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments (f) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents obligations for interest payments on long‑term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long‑term debt, using 2016 year end rates and balances. Variable rate long‑term debt includes the 2015 Revolving Facility (although such facility had a balance of zero as of February 3, 2017), the CP Notes (which had a balance of $490.5 million as of February 3, 2017), the balance of an outstanding tax increment financing of $8.8 million, and the balance of the 2015 Term Facility of $425 million. |
|
(b) |
|
We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers’ compensation and general liability which existed as of the date of a merger transaction in 2007 were discounted in order to arrive at estimated fair value. All other amounts are reflected on an undiscounted basis in our consolidated balance sheets. |
|
(c) |
|
Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent in our consolidated balance sheets. |
|
(d) |
|
Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations. |
|
(e) |
|
Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases (excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit). |
|
(f) |
|
We have potential payment obligations associated with uncertain tax positions that are not reflected in these totals. We are currently unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the taxing authorities for the $4.8 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions. |
Share Repurchase Program
On August 24, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion increase to our existing common stock repurchase program, which had a total remaining authorization of approximately $933 million at February 3,
34
2017. Under the authorization, purchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions. The authorization has no expiration date and may be modified or terminated from time to time at the discretion of our Board of Directors. For more detail about our share repurchase program, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.
Other Considerations
On March 15, 2017, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.26 per share which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record on April 11, 2017, an increase of $0.01 per share over quarterly dividends paid in 2016. Although the Board currently intends to continue regular quarterly cash dividends, the payment of future cash dividends, and the amounts of any such dividends, are subject to the Board’s discretion and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant.
Our inventory balance represented approximately 53% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of February 3, 2017. Our ability to effectively manage our inventory balances can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given fiscal year. Inventory purchases are often somewhat seasonal in nature, such as the purchase of warm-weather or Christmas-related merchandise. Efficient management of our inventory has been and continues to be an area of focus for us.
As described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, we are involved in a number of legal actions and claims, some of which could potentially result in material cash payments. Adverse developments in those actions could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. We also have certain income tax-related contingencies as disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. Future negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities. Cash flows from operating activities were $1.6 billion in 2016, an increase of $213.4 million compared to 2015. Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2016 compared to 2015 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales and operating profit in 2016 as described in more detail above under “Results of Operations.” Changes in merchandise inventories resulted in a reduction in working capital usage in 2016 compared to 2015 as described in greater detail below. Accounts payable increased by $56.5 million in 2016 compared to a $105.6 million increase in 2015, due primarily to the timing of merchandise receipts and related payments which were impacted by increases in payment terms.
Cash flows from operating activities were $1.4 billion in 2015, an increase of $64.8 million compared to 2014. Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2015 compared to 2014 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales and operating profit in 2015 as described in more detail above under “Results of Operations.” Changes in merchandise inventories resulted in an increased use of working capital, growing by a greater amount in 2015 compared to 2014 as described in greater detail below. Accounts payable increased by $105.6 million in 2015 compared to a $97.2 million increase in 2014, due primarily to the timing of merchandise receipts and related payments.
On an ongoing basis, we closely monitor and manage our inventory balances, and they may fluctuate from period to period based on new store openings, the timing of purchases, and other factors. Merchandise inventories increased by 6% in 2016, by 10% in 2015, and by 9% in 2014. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $54.5 million, or 3% in 2016, by $218.4 million, or 13%, in 2015, and by $178.4 million, or 12%, in 2014. The seasonal category increased by $79.5 million, or 15%, in 2016, by $63.2 million, or 13%, in 2015, and by $13.8 million, or 3%, in 2014. The home products category increased by $40.8 million, or 14%, in 2016, by $12.8 million, or 5%, in 2015, and was essentially unchanged in 2014. The apparel category increased by
35
$9.9 million, or 3%, in 2016, decreased by $2.7 million, or 1%, in 2015, and increased by $37.1 million, or 13%, in 2014.
Cash flows from investing activities . Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 2016 included the following approximate amounts: $201 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $168 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $120 million for new leased stores; $38 million for stores purchased or built by us; and $26 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. The timing of new, remodeled and relocated store openings along with other factors may affect the relationship between such openings and the related property and equipment purchases in any given period. During 2016, we opened 900 new stores and remodeled or relocated 906 stores.
Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 2015 included the following approximate amounts: $168 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $144 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $99 million for new leased stores; $53 million for stores built by us; and $34 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 2015, we opened 730 new stores and remodeled or relocated 881 stores.
Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 2014 included the following approximate amounts: $127 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $102 million for new leased stores; $64 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $38 million for stores built by us; and $35 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 2014, we opened 700 new stores and remodeled or relocated 915 stores.
Capital expenditures during 2017 are projected to be in the range of $650 to $700 million. We anticipate funding 2017 capital requirements with existing cash balances, cash flows from operations, availability under our Revolving Facility and the issuance of CP Notes. We plan to continue to invest in store growth and development of approximately 1,000 new stores and approximately 900 stores to be remodeled or relocated. Capital expenditures in 2017 are anticipated to support our store growth as well as our remodel and relocation initiatives, including capital outlays for leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment; the construction of new stores; costs to support and enhance our supply chain initiatives including new and existing distribution center facilities; technology initiatives; as well as routine and ongoing capital requirements.
Cash flows from financing activities . In 2016, we repurchased 12.4 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $990.5 million. Net repayments under the 2015 Revolving Facility during 2016 were $251.0 million. We had net commercial paper borrowings during 2016 of $490.5 million. We also paid cash dividends of $281.1 million.
In 2015, we repurchased 17.6 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $1.3 billion. We made repayments of $500.0 million on our term loan facilities, and had proceeds of $499.2 million from the issuance of senior notes. Net borrowings under our revolving credit facilities during 2015 were $251.0 million. We also paid cash dividends of $258.3 million.
In 2014, we repurchased 14.1 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $800.1 million. We made repayments of $75.0 million on our term loan facility. Borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facilities during the 2014 period were the same amount, resulting in no net increase to amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility during 2014.
Accounting Standards
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued comprehensive new accounting standards related to the recognition of revenue, which specified an effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption
36
permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance allows companies to use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach in the adoption of this guidance. We have formed a project team to assess and implement the standard by compiling a list of the applicable revenue streams, evaluating relevant contracts and comparing our current accounting policies to the new standard. As a result of the efforts of this project team, we have identified customer incentives and gross versus net considerations as the areas in which we could most likely be affected by the new guidance. We are continuing to assess all the impacts of the new standard and the design of internal control over financial reporting, but based upon the terms of our agreements and the materiality of the transactions related to customer incentives and gross versus net considerations, we do not expect the adoption to have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We expect to complete this work in 2017 and to adopt this guidance on February 3, 2018.
In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to lease accounting, which when effective will require a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee will account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the consolidated financial statements. We are currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and we are anticipating a material impact because we are party to a significant number of lease contracts.
In October 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. These amendments require an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of such transfers when the transfer occurs and affects our historical accounting for intra-entity transfers of certain intangible assets. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted subject to certain guidelines. The amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. We are currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements, but expect such adoption will result in an increase in deferred income tax liabilities and a decrease in retained earnings.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. In addition to the estimates presented below, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined below. We believe these estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used, the resulting changes could have a material effect on the financial statements taken as a whole.
Management believes the following policies and estimates are critical because they involve significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosures presented below relating to those policies and estimates. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of our principal accounting policies.
Merchandise Inventories . Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) with cost determined using the retail last in, first out (“LIFO”) method. We use the retail inventory method (“RIM”) to calculate gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost, which are computed utilizing a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio at an inventory department level. We apply the RIM to these departments,
37
which are groups of products that are fairly uniform in terms of cost, selling price relationship and turnover. The RIM will result in valuing inventories at LCM if permanent markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculation are certain management judgments and estimates that may impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the gross profit recognized. These judgments include ensuring departments consist of uniform products, recording estimated shrinkage between physical inventories, and timely recording of markdowns needed to sell inventory.
We perform an annual LIFO analysis whereby all merchandise units are considered for inclusion in the index formulation. An actual valuation of inventory under the LIFO method is made at the end of each year based on the inventory levels and costs at that time. In contrast, interim LIFO calculations are based on management’s annual estimates of sales, the rate of inflation or deflation, and year-end inventory levels. We also perform analyses for determining obsolete inventory, adjusting inventory on a quarterly basis to an LCM value based on various management assumptions including estimated below cost markdowns not yet recorded, but required to liquidate such inventory in future periods.
Factors considered in the determination of markdowns include current and anticipated demand based on changes in competitors’ practices, consumer preferences, consumer spending and unseasonable weather patterns. Certain of these factors are outside of our control and may result in greater than estimated markdowns to entice consumer purchases of excess inventory. The amount and timing of markdowns may vary significantly from year to year.
We perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an annual basis. We calculate our shrink provision based on actual physical inventory results during the fiscal period and an accrual for estimated shrink occurring subsequent to a physical inventory through the end of the fiscal reporting period. This accrual is calculated as a percentage of sales at each retail store, at a department level, based on the store’s most recent historical shrink rate. To the extent that subsequent physical inventories yield different results than the estimated accrual, our effective shrink rate for a given reporting period will include the impact of adjusting to the actual results.
We believe our estimates and assumptions related to the application of the RIM results in a merchandise inventory valuation that reasonably approximates cost on a consistent basis.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The qualitative and quantitative assessments related to the valuation and any potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets are each subject to judgments and/or assumptions. The analysis of qualitative factors may include determining the appropriate factors to consider and the relative importance of those factors along with other assumptions. If required, judgments in the quantitative testing process may include projecting future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates, correctly applying valuation techniques, correctly computing the implied fair value of goodwill if necessary, and other assumptions. Future cash flow projections are based on management’s projections and represent best estimates taking into account recent financial performance, market trends, strategic plans and other available information, which in recent years have been materially accurate. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment, however, such a conclusion is not indicated by recent analyses. Future indicators of impairment could result in an asset impairment charge. If these judgments or assumptions are incorrect or flawed, the analysis could be negatively impacted.
Our most recent evaluation of our goodwill and indefinite lived trade name intangible assets was completed during the third quarter of 2016. No indicators of impairment were evident and no assessment of or adjustment to these assets was required. We are not currently projecting a decline in cash flows that could be expected to have an adverse effect such as a violation of debt covenants or future impairment charges.
Property and Equipment . Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We group our assets into relatively homogeneous classes and generally provide for depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated average useful life of each asset class, except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the lesser of
38
the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Certain store and warehouse fixtures, when fully depreciated, are removed from the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts. The valuation and classification of these assets and the assignment of depreciable lives involves judgments and the use of estimates, which we believe have been materially accurate in recent years.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets. Impairment of long-lived assets results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets. Our estimate of undiscounted future store cash flows is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and are difficult to predict. If our estimates of future cash flows are not materially accurate, our impairment analysis could be impacted accordingly. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon projected future cash flows (discounted at our credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value. Although not currently anticipated, changes in these estimates, assumptions or projections could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment.
Insurance Liabilities . We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health, property loss, automobile and general liability claims. These represent significant costs primarily due to our large employee base and number of stores. Provisions are made for these liabilities on an undiscounted basis. Certain of these liabilities are based on actual claim data and estimates of incurred but not reported claims developed using actuarial methodologies based on historical claim trends, which have been and are anticipated to continue to be materially accurate. If future claim trends deviate from recent historical patterns, or other unanticipated events affect the number and significance of future claims, we may be required to record additional expenses or expense reductions, which could be material to our future financial results.
Contingent Liabilities – Income Taxes. Income tax reserves are determined using the methodology established by accounting standards relating to uncertainty in income taxes. These standards require companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two-step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and liabilities to be estimated based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If our determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to our future financial results.
Contingent Liabilities - Legal Matters . We are subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims. We establish liabilities as appropriate for these claims and proceedings based upon the probability and estimability of losses and to fairly present, in conjunction with the disclosures of these matters in our financial statements and SEC filings, management’s view of our exposure. We review outstanding claims and proceedings with external counsel to assess probability and estimates of loss, which includes an analysis of whether such loss estimates are probable, reasonably possible, or remote. We re-evaluate these assessments on a quarterly basis or as new and significant information becomes available to determine whether a liability should be established or if any existing liability should be adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded liability. In addition, because it is not permissible under U.S. GAAP to establish a litigation liability until the loss is both probable and estimable, in some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a liability prior to the actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example, or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement).
Lease Accounting and Excess Facilities . Many of our stores are subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter-term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of our stores have provisions for contingent rentals based upon a percentage of defined sales volume. We recognize contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets is considered probable. We record minimum rental
39
expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that we take physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and record the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. We reflect as a liability any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid. Improvements of leased properties are amortized over the shorter of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.
Share-Based Payments . Our stock option awards are valued on an individual grant basis using the Black-Scholes-Merton closed form option pricing model. We believe that this model fairly estimates the value of our stock option awards. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental in the valuation of stock options, which affects compensation expense related to these options. These assumptions include the term that the options are expected to be outstanding, the historical volatility of our stock price, applicable interest rates and the dividend yield of our stock. Other factors involving judgments that affect the expensing of share-based payments include estimated forfeiture rates of share-based awards. Historically, these estimates have been materially accurate; however, if our estimates differ materially from actual experience, we may be required to record additional expense or reductions of expense, which could be material to our future financial results.
Fair Value Measurements. Accounting standards for the measurement of fair value of assets and liabilities establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Therefore, Level 3 inputs are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity, and thus require the use of significant judgment and estimates. Currently, we have no assets or liabilities that are valued based solely on Level 3 inputs.
Our fair value measurements are primarily associated with our outstanding debt instruments. We use various valuation models in determining the values of these liabilities. We believe that in recent years these methodologies have produced materially accurate valuations.
40
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Financial Risk Management
We are exposed to market risk primarily from adverse changes in interest rates, and to a lesser degree commodity prices. To minimize this risk, we may periodically use financial instruments, including derivatives. All derivative financial instrument transactions must be authorized and executed pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors. As a matter of policy, we do not buy or sell financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, and any such derivative financial instruments are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Our objective is to correlate derivative financial instruments and the underlying exposure being hedged, so that fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure.
Interest Rate Risk
We manage our interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed and variable interest rate debt and, from time to time, derivative financial instruments. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our unsecured debt facilities as well as our commercial paper program. As of February 3, 2017, we had variable rate borrowings of $425 million under our 2015 Term Facility, borrowings of $490.5 million under our commercial paper program, and no borrowings outstanding under our 2015 Revolving Facility. In order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the credit facilities, in prior years we have entered into various interest rate swaps. As of February 3, 2017, no such interest rate swaps were outstanding and, as a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in variable interest rates under the credit facilities and our commercial paper program. For a detailed discussion of our credit facilities and our commercial paper program, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.
A change in interest rates on variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax earnings and cash flows; whereas a change in interest rates on fixed rate debt impacts the economic fair value of debt but not our pre-tax earnings and cash flows. Based on our variable rate borrowing levels as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, the annualized effect of a one percentage point increase in variable interest rates would have resulted in a pretax reduction of our earnings and cash flows of approximately $9.2 million in 2016 and $6.9 million in 2015.
41
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Fir m
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Dollar General Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
|
|
|
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP |
Nashville, Tennessee
March 24, 2017
42
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term obligations |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, 1,000 shares authorized |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 275,212 and 286,694 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
43
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
|||
|
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
|||
Net sales |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expense |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
44
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
|||
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
|||
Net income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions, net of related income tax expense (benefit) of $527, $971, and $1,671, respectively |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
45
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Stock |
|
Common |
|
Paid-in |
|
Retained |
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Shares |
|
Stock |
|
Capital |
|
Earnings |
|
Loss |
|
Total |
|
|||||
Balances, January 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net income |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from stock option exercises |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Other equity and related transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Balances, January 30, 2015 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net income |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid, $0.88 per common share |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from stock option exercises |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Other equity and related transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Balances, January 29, 2016 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net income |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid, $1.00 per common share |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Other equity and related transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Balances, February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
46
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
|||
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
|||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt retirement, net |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Noncash share-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other noncash (gains) and losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of long-term obligations |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Repayments of long-term obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in commercial paper outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Repurchases of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of cash dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Other equity and related transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Income taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment awaiting processing for payment, included in Accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
47
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies
Basis of presentation
These notes contain references to the years 2016, 2015, and 2014, which represent fiscal years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively. The Company had a 53-week accounting period in 2016, while 2015 and 2014 were each 52-week accounting periods. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries of the Company, except for its not-for-profit subsidiary which the Company does not control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
The Company sells general merchandise on a retail basis through 13,320 stores (as of February 3, 2017) in 43 states with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. The Company has owned distribution centers (“DCs”) in Scottsville, Kentucky; South Boston, Virginia; Alachua, Florida; Zanesville, Ohio; Jonesville, South Carolina; Marion, Indiana; Bessemer, Alabama; Bethel, Pennsylvania; San Antonio, Texas; and Janesville, Wisconsin, and leased DCs in Ardmore, Oklahoma; Fulton, Missouri; Indianola, Mississippi; and Lebec, California.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Such investments primarily consist of money market funds, bank deposits, certificates of deposit, and commercial paper. The carrying amounts of these items are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short maturity of these investments.
Payments due from processors for electronic tender transactions classified as cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $73.9 million and $59.5 million at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively.
At February 3, 2017, the Company maintained cash balances to meet a $20 million minimum threshold set by insurance regulators, as further described below under “Insurance liabilities.”
Investments in debt and equity securities
The Company accounts for investments in debt and marketable equity securities as held‑to‑maturity, available‑for‑sale, or trading, depending on their classification. Debt securities categorized as held‑to‑maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities categorized as available‑for‑sale are stated at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Trading securities are stated at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.
Merchandise inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the retail last‑in, first‑out (“LIFO”) method as this method results in a better matching of costs and revenues. Under the Company’s retail inventory method (“RIM”), the calculation of gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost are computed by applying a calculated cost‑to‑retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales at a department level. The use of the RIM will result in valuing inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) if markdowns are
48
currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories. Costs directly associated with warehousing and distribution are capitalized into inventory.
The excess of current cost over LIFO cost was approximately $80.7 million and $92.9 million at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively. Current cost is determined using the RIM on a first‑in, first‑out basis. Under the LIFO inventory method, the impacts of rising or falling market price changes increase or decrease cost of sales (the LIFO provision or benefit). The Company recorded a LIFO provision (benefit) of $(12.2) million in 2016, $(2.3) million in 2015, and $4.2 million in 2014, which is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income.
The Company purchases its merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. The Company’s largest and second largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 8% of the Company’s purchases in 2016.
Vendor rebates
The Company accounts for all cash consideration received from vendors in accordance with applicable accounting standards pertaining to such arrangements. Cash consideration received from a vendor is generally presumed to be a rebate or an allowance and is accounted for as a reduction of merchandise purchase costs as earned. However, certain specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying SG&A expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products may be offset by cash consideration received from vendors, in accordance with arrangements such as cooperative advertising, when earned for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid amounts for rent, maintenance, business licenses, advertising, and insurance, and amounts receivable for certain vendor rebates (primarily those expected to be collected in cash) and coupons.
Property and equipment
In 2007, the Company’s property and equipment was recorded at estimated fair values as the result of a merger transaction. Property and equipment acquired subsequent to the merger has been recorded at cost. The Company records depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives. The Company’s property and equipment balances and depreciable lives are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable |
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||||
(In thousands) |
|
Life |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||||
Land |
|
Indefinite |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
||
Land improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Amortized over the lesser of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. |
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was approximately $378.3 million, $350.6 million and $335.9 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. Interest on borrowed funds during the construction of property and equipment is
49
capitalized where applicable. Interest costs of $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $0.2 million were capitalized in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Impairment of long‑lived assets
When indicators of impairment are present, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long‑lived assets, excluding goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, in relation to the operating performance and future cash flows or the appraised values of the underlying assets. Generally, the Company’s policy is to review for impairment stores open more than three years for which current cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. The Company’s estimate of undiscounted future cash flows is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and difficult to predict. If a long‑lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon estimated future cash flows over the asset’s remaining useful life (discounted at the Company’s credit adjusted risk‑free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value. Assets to be disposed of are adjusted to the fair value less the cost to sell if less than the book value.
The Company recorded impairment charges included in SG&A expense of approximately $6.3 million in 2016, $5.9 million in 2015 and $1.9 million in 2014, to reduce the carrying value of certain of its stores’ assets. Such action was deemed necessary based on the Company’s evaluation that such amounts would not be recoverable primarily due to insufficient sales or excessive costs resulting in the carrying value of the assets exceeding the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets at these locations.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
The Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Definite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment if indicators of impairment are present. Impaired assets are written down to fair value as required. No impairment of intangible assets has been identified during any of the periods presented.
In accordance with accounting standards for goodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill or an indefinite‑lived intangible asset is impaired. If after such assessment an entity concludes that the asset is not impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the asset using a quantitative impairment test, and if impaired, the associated assets must be written down to fair value as described in further detail below.
The quantitative goodwill impairment test is a two-step process that would require management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of an entity’s reporting units based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts) and comparing that estimated fair value with the recorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an “implied fair value” of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require the entity to allocate the estimated fair value of its reporting unit to its assets and liabilities. Any unallocated fair value would represent the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.
The quantitative impairment test for intangible assets compares the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
50
Other assets
Noncurrent Other assets consist primarily of qualifying prepaid expenses for maintenance, beer and wine licenses, and utility, security and other deposits.
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Accrued expenses and other consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||
(In thousands) |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||
Compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes (other than taxes on income) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Included in other accrued expenses are liabilities for maintenance, utilities, interest, credit card processing fees and freight expense. Certain increases in accrued expenses and other reflect the 53 rd week in 2016.
Insurance liabilities
The Company retains a significant portion of risk for its workers’ compensation, employee health, general liability, property and automobile claim exposures. Accordingly, provisions are made for the Company’s estimates of such risks. The undiscounted future claim costs for the workers’ compensation, general liability, and health claim risks are derived using actuarial methods and are recorded as self‑insurance reserves pursuant to Company policy. To the extent that subsequent claim costs vary from those estimates, future results of operations will be affected as the reserves are adjusted.
Ashley River Insurance Company (“ARIC”), a South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary of the Company, charges the operating subsidiary companies premiums to insure the retained workers’ compensation and non-property general liability exposures. Pursuant to South Carolina insurance regulations, ARIC maintains certain levels of cash and cash equivalents related to its self-insured exposures.
Operating leases and related liabilities
Rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease. The Company records minimum rental expense on a straight‑line basis over the base, non‑cancelable lease term commencing on the date that the Company takes physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to the store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight‑line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and are amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. The difference between the calculated expense and the amounts paid result in a liability, with the current portion in Accrued expenses and other and the long‑term portion in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and totaled approximately $61.1 million and $57.9 million at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively.
The Company recognizes contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets is considered probable. The amount expensed but not paid as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016 was approximately $3.5 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.
51
Other liabilities
Noncurrent Other liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||
(In thousands) |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||
Insurance |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gain on sale leaseback |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Fair value accounting
The Company utilizes accounting standards for fair value, which include the definition of fair value, the framework for measuring fair value, and disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is a market‑based measurement, not an entity‑specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).
Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, observable market activity. In instances where the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
The valuation of derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis takes into account the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.
The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. The Company considers the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees, to adjust the fair value of outstanding derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk. In connection with accounting standards for fair value measurement, the Company has made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of outstanding derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.
52
Derivative financial instruments
The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with applicable accounting standards for such instruments and hedging activities, which require that all derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.
Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge a certain portion of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply the hedge accounting standards.
The Company previously recorded a loss on the settlement of treasury locks associated with the issuance of long-term debt which was deferred to other comprehensive income and is being amortized as an increase to interest expense over the period of the debt’s maturity in 2023.
Revenue and gain recognition
The Company recognizes retail sales in its stores at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise. All sales are net of discounts and estimated returns and are presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed concurrent with those sales. The liability for retail merchandise returns is based on the Company’s prior experience. The Company records gain contingencies when realized.
The Company recognizes gift card sales revenue at the time of redemption. The liability for the gift cards is established for the cash value at the time of purchase of the gift card. The liability for outstanding gift cards was approximately $3.4 million and $2.8 million at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively, and is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Estimated breakage revenue, a percentage of gift cards that will never be redeemed based on historical redemption rates, is recognized over time in proportion to actual gift card redemptions. The Company recorded breakage revenue of $0.5 million and $0.6 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed upon performance, “first showing” or distribution, and are reflected in SG&A expenses net of earned cooperative advertising amounts provided by vendors which are specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs. Advertising costs were $82.7 million, $89.3 million and $77.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These costs primarily include promotional circulars, targeted circulars supporting new stores, television and radio advertising, in‑store signage, and costs associated with the sponsorships of certain automobile racing activities in 2016. Vendor funding for cooperative advertising offset reported expenses by $35.9 million, $36.7 million and $35.0 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
53
Share‑based payments
The Company recognizes compensation expense for share‑based compensation based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. This estimate may be adjusted periodically based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimate. The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of share-based awards granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company bases this estimate on historical experience or estimates of future trends, as applicable. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.
The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense on a straight‑line basis between the applicable grant date and each vesting date. The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the grant date by applying the Black‑Scholes‑Merton option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.
The Company calculates compensation expense for restricted stock, share units and similar awards as the difference between the market price of the underlying stock or similar award on the grant date and the purchase price, if any. Such expense is recognized on a straight‑line basis for time-based awards or an accelerated basis for performance awards over the period in which the recipient earns the awards.
Store pre‑opening costs
Pre‑opening costs related to new store openings and the related construction periods are expensed as incurred.
Income taxes
Under the accounting standards for income taxes, the asset and liability method is used for computing the future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is the net change during the year in the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
The Company includes income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.
Income tax reserves are determined using a methodology which requires companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two‑step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be made based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If the Company’s determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to the Company’s future financial results.
Management estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
54
Accounting standards
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued comprehensive new accounting standards related to the recognition of revenue, which specified an effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance allows companies to use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach in the adoption of this guidance. The Company formed a project team to assess and implement the standard by compiling a list of the applicable revenue streams, evaluating relevant contracts and comparing the Company’s current accounting policies to the new standard. As a result of the efforts of this project team, the Company has identified customer incentives and gross versus net considerations as the areas in which it would most likely be affected by the new guidance. The Company is continuing to assess all the impacts of the new standard and the design of internal control over financial reporting, but based upon the terms of the Company’s agreements and the materiality of these transactions related to customer incentives and gross versus net considerations, the Company does not expect the effect of adoption to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company expects to complete this work in 2017 and to adopt this guidance on February 3, 2018.
In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to lease accounting, which when effective will require a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee will account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and is anticipating a material impact because the Company is party to a significant number of lease contracts.
In March 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for employee share-based payment affecting the income tax consequences of awards, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2016. The Company has elected to continue estimating forfeitures of share-based awards. The amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the income statement were applied prospectively resulting in a benefit for the year ended February 3, 2017 of approximately $11.0 million, or $0.04 per diluted share. The Company has elected to apply the amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows using a retrospective transition method, and as a result, $13.7 million and $12.1 million of excess tax benefits related to share-based awards which were previously classified as cash flows from financing activities for the years ended January 29, 2016 and January 30, 2015, respectively, have been reclassified as cash flows from operating activities.
In October 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. These amendments require an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of such transfers when the transfer occurs and affects the Company’s historical accounting for intra-entity transfers of certain intangible assets. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted subject to certain guidelines. The amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial
55
statements, but expects such adoption will result in an increase in deferred income tax liabilities and a decrease in retained earnings.
Reclassifications
Certain financial disclosures relating to prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation where applicable.
2. Goodwill and other intangible assets
As of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, the balances of the Company’s intangible assets were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 3, 2017 |
|||||||
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Life |
|
Amount |
|
Amortization |
|
Net |
|
|||
Goodwill |
|
Indefinite |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Other intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold interests |
|
1-6 years |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
Indefinite |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 29, 2016 |
|
|||||||
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Life |
|
Amount |
|
Amortization |
|
Net |
|
|||
Goodwill |
|
Indefinite |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Other intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold interests |
|
1-7 years |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
Indefinite |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The Company recorded amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets for 2016, 2015 and 2014 of $0.3 million, $0.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively, all of which is included in rent expense. Expected future cash flows associated with the Company’s intangible assets are not expected to be materially affected by the Company’s intent or ability to renew or extend the arrangements. The Company’s goodwill balance is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
56
3. Earnings per share
Earnings per share is computed as follows (in thousands except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
Average |
|
Per Share |
|
||
|
|
Income |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
||
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Effect of dilutive share-based awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
Average |
|
Per Share |
|
||
|
|
Income |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
||
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Effect of dilutive share-based awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
Average |
|
Per Share |
|
||
|
|
Income |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
||
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Effect of dilutive share-based awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is determined based on the dilutive effect of share‑based awards using the treasury stock method.
Share-based awards that were outstanding at the end of the respective periods, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect of exercising such options would be antidilutive, were 1.7 million, 1.3 million, and 1.2 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
4. Income taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
57
A reconciliation between actual income taxes and amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||||||||
U.S. federal statutory rate on earnings before income taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jobs credits, net of federal income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation programs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
Decrease in income tax reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
The 2016 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.3%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The effective income tax rate was lower in 2016 due principally to the adoption of a change in accounting guidance related to employee share-based payments, as further discussed in Note 1, requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits in the statement of income rather than in the balance sheet, as reported in prior years.
The 2015 effective tax rate was an expense of 37.1%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2015 effective income tax rate increased from 2014 due principally to federal and state reserve releases in 2014 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2015.
The 2014 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.6%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate.
Deferred taxes reflect the effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||
(In thousands) |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued rent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued incentive compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit of income tax and interest reserves related to uncertain tax positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State tax credit carry forwards, net of federal tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less valuation allowances |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
58
The Company has state tax credit carry forwards of approximately $13.5 million that will expire beginning in 2022 through 2026.
The Company reversed the remaining valuation allowance for state tax credit carry forwards in the amount of $1.5 million, which was recorded as a reduction in income tax expense in 2016. Based upon expected future income, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. The 2015 decrease of $1.4 million and 2014 increase of $1.5 million were recorded as a reduction and an increase in income tax expense, respectively.
The Company’s 2012 and earlier tax years are not open for further examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS, at its discretion, may choose to examine the Company’s 2013 through 2015 fiscal year income tax filings. The Company has various state income tax examinations that are currently in progress. Generally, the Company’s 2012 and later tax years remain open for examination by the various state taxing authorities.
As of February 3, 2017, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $3.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for a total of $4.8 million. This total amount is reflected in noncurrent Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
As of January 29, 2016, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $7.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for a total of $8.7 million. This total amount is reflected in noncurrent Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $2.2 million in the coming twelve months principally as a result of the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Also, as of February 3, 2017, approximately $3.1 million of the uncertain tax positions would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate if the Company were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions.
The amounts associated with uncertain tax positions included in income tax expense consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Income tax related interest expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax related penalty expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the uncertain income tax positions from January 31, 2014 through February 3, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Increases—tax positions taken in the current year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases—tax positions taken in prior years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decreases—tax positions taken in prior years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statute expirations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
59
5. Current and long‑term obligations
Current and long‑term obligations consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
||
(In thousands) |
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
||
Senior unsecured credit facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Facility |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Revolving Facility |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
4.125% Senior Notes due July 15, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.875% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (net of discount of $111 and $203) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.250% Senior Notes due April 15, 2023 (net of discount of $1,552 and $1,775) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.150% Senior Notes due November 1, 2025 (net of discount of $700 and $764) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured commercial paper notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
At February 3, 2017, the Company’s senior unsecured credit facilities (the “2015 Facilities”) consisted of a $425.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the “2015 Term Facility”) and a $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2015 Revolving Facility”) which provided for the issuance of letters of credit up to $175.0 million. The 2015 Facilities were scheduled to mature on October 20, 2020, but were replaced by an amended and restated credit facility on February 22, 2017 as described below.
Borrowings under the 2015 Facilities bore interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings as of February 3, 2017 was 1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.10% for base-rate borrowings. The Company was also required to pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the 2015 Facilities, and customary fees on letters of credit issued under the 2015 Revolving Facility. As of February 3, 2017, the commitment fee rate was 0.15%. The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the 2015 Facilities were subject to adjustment from time to time based on the Company’s long‑term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average all-in interest rate for borrowings under the 2015 Facilities was 1.9% as of February 3, 2017.
The 2015 Facilities could be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty. There was no required principal amortization under the 2015 Facilities. The 2015 Facilities contained a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, restricted, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional liens; sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; consummate certain fundamental changes or change in the Company’s lines of business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness. The 2015 Facilities also contained financial covenants which required the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of February 3, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The 2015 Facilities also contained customary events of default.
As of February 3, 2017, under the 2015 Revolving Facility, the Company had borrowing availability of $986.2 million that, due to its intention to maintain borrowing availability under such facility related to the commercial paper program described below, could contribute incremental liquidity of $495.7 million. In addition,
60
the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $13.8 million which were issued under the 2015 Revolving Facility and $29.4 million which were issued pursuant to separate agreements.
On February 22, 2017, the Company entered into an unsecured amended and restated credit agreement for a $175.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility and a $1.25 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility that provides for the issuance of letters of credit up to $175.0 million. The amended and restated credit facilities replaced the 2015 Facilities, and have terms similar to the 2015 Facilities, but the revolving credit facility maturity date was extended to February 22, 2022.
On August 1, 2016, the Company established a commercial paper program under which the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”). Under this program, the Company may issue the CP Notes from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 billion outstanding at any time. The CP Notes have maturities of up to 364 days from the date of issue and rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The Company intends to maintain available commitments under the amended and restated revolving credit facilities in an amount at least equal to the amount of CP Notes outstanding at any time. As of February 3, 2017, the Company had outstanding CP notes of $490.5 million classified as long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheet due to its intent and ability to refinance these obligations as long-term debt. The weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the commercial paper program was 1.0% as of February 3, 2017.
On October 20, 2015, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.150% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Senior Notes”), net of discount of $0.8 million, which are scheduled to mature on November 1, 2025. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on May 1, 2016. The Company incurred $4.4 million of debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of the 2025 Senior Notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2025 Senior Notes were used, together with borrowings under the 2015 Facilities, to repay all of the outstanding borrowings under a previous credit agreement and for general corporate purposes. Collectively, the 2025 Senior Notes and the Company’s other Senior Notes due 2017, 2018 and 2023 as reflected in the table above comprise the “Senior Notes”, each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as supplemented and amended by supplemental indentures relating to each series of Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the “Senior Indenture”).
The Company may redeem some or all of its Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices set forth in the Senior Indenture. Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.
The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions): consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.
The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable, as applicable.
Scheduled debt maturities at February 3, 2017, including capital lease obligations, for the Company’s fiscal years listed below are as follows (in thousands): 2017 - $991,450; 2018 - $400,892; 2019 - $1,020; 2020 - $425,980; 2021 - $883; thereafter - $1,407,758.
61
6. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value
The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value as of February 3, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements are classified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets |
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
for Identical |
|
Other |
|
Significant |
|
Total Fair |
|
||||
|
|
Assets and |
|
Observable |
|
Unobservable |
|
Value at |
|
||||
|
|
Liabilities |
|
Inputs |
|
Inputs |
|
February 3, |
|
||||
(In thousands) |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
2017 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations (a) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Deferred compensation (b) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Included in the consolidated balance sheet at book value as Current portion of long‑term obligations of $500,950 and Long‑term obligations of $2,710,576. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of Accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $905 and a component of noncurrent Other liabilities of $18,707. |
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, short‑term investments, receivables and payables approximate their respective fair values. The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of February 3, 2017.
7. Commitments and contingencies
Leases
As of February 3, 2017, the Company was committed under operating lease agreements for most of its retail stores. Many of the Company’s stores are subject to build‑to‑suit arrangements with landlords which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. The Company also has stores subject to shorter‑term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of the Company’s leased stores have provisions for contingent rent based upon a specified percentage of defined sales volume.
The land and buildings of the Company’s DCs in Missouri, Mississippi and California are subject to operating lease agreements and the leased Oklahoma DC is subject to a financing arrangement. Certain leases contain restrictive covenants, and as of February 3, 2017, the Company is not aware of any material violations of such covenants.
The Company is accounting for the Oklahoma DC as a financing obligation as a result of, among other things, the lessor’s ability to put the property back to the Company under certain circumstances. The property and equipment, along with the related lease obligation associated with this transaction are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company is the owner of a secured promissory note (the “Ardmore Note”) which represents debt issued by the third party entity from which the Company leases the Oklahoma DC and therefore the Company holds the debt instrument pertaining to its lease financing obligation. Because a legal right of offset exists, the Company is accounting for the Ardmore Note as a reduction of its outstanding financing obligation in its consolidated balance sheets.
62
Future minimum payments as of February 3, 2017 for operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
$ |
|
|
2018 |
|
|
|
|
2019 |
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
|
|
2021 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments |
|
$ |
|
|
Total future minimum payments for capital leases were $4.5 million, with a present value of $3.6 million, as of February 3, 2017. The gross amount of property and equipment recorded under capital leases and financing obligations at both February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, was $29.8 million. Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment under capital leases and financing obligations at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, was $14.3 million and $12.4 million, respectively.
Rent expense under all operating leases is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||
Minimum rentals (a) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Contingent rentals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $0.3 million, $0.9 million and $5.8 million included in rent expense for the years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively. |
Legal proceedings
From time to time, the Company is a party to various legal matters involving claims incidental to the conduct of its business, including actions by employees, consumers, suppliers, government agencies, or others. The Company has recorded accruals with respect to these matters, where appropriate, which are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For some matters, a liability is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and therefore an accrual has not been made.
Except as described below, the Company believes, based upon information currently available, that such matters, both individually and in the aggregate, will be resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole. However, litigation and other legal matters involve an element of uncertainty. Future developments could cause these actions or claims to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. In addition, certain of these matters, if decided adversely to the Company or settled by the Company, may result in liability material to the Company’s financial position or may negatively affect operating results if changes to the Company’s business operation are required.
Employment Litigation
The Company is defending a lawsuit filed by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the “Commission”) in which the Commission alleges that the Company’s criminal background check policy has a disparate impact on “Black Applicants” in violation of Title VII and seeks to recover monetary damages and injunctive relief on behalf of a class of “Black Applicants.” The Company believes that its background check process is both lawful and necessary to a safe environment for its employees and customers and the protection of its assets. The Company is vigorously defending this matter, which has been tendered to, and accepted by, the Company’s Employment Practices Liability Insurance carrier. The Company has met its self-insured retention, and does not expect a material loss at this time.
63
The Company also is defending litigation in California (the “California Wage/Hour Litigation”) in which the plaintiffs allege that they and a putative statewide class of other “key carriers” were not provided with meal and rest periods and were provided inaccurate wage statements and termination pay in violation of California law, including California’s Private Attorney General Act (the “PAGA”). The plaintiffs in the California Wage/Hour Litigation seek to recover alleged unpaid wages, injunctive relief, consequential damages, pre-judgment interest, statutory penalties and attorneys’ fees and costs.
The Company is vigorously defending the California Wage/Hour Litigation and believes that its policies and practices comply with California law and that these actions are not appropriate for class or similar treatment. At this time, however, it is not possible to predict whether any of the actions comprising the California Wage/Hour Litigation ultimately will be permitted to proceed as a class, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of these actions on the merits or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted in these actions and consequently is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in these matters. If the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.
The Company also is defending a lawsuit in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other similarly situated California Dollar General Market store managers were improperly classified as exempt employees and were not provided with meal and rest breaks and accurate and appropriate wage statements in violation of California law, including the PAGA. The plaintiff in this matter seeks to recover unpaid wages, including overtime pay, civil and statutory penalties, interest, injunctive relief, restitution, and attorneys’ fees and costs. The parties reached an agreement to settle this matter for an amount not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, and the settlement has received final approval by the Court.
Consumer/Product Litigation
In December 2015 and February, March, May and June 2016, the Company was notified of several lawsuits in which the plaintiffs allege violation of state consumer protection laws relating to the labeling, marketing and sale of Dollar General private-label motor oil. Each of the 22 lawsuits was filed in, or removed to, various federal district courts of the United States (collectively “the Motor Oil Lawsuits”).
On June 2, 2016, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation granted the Company’s motion to centralize the Motor Oil Lawsuits in a matter styled In re Dollar General Corp. Motor Oil Litigation , Case MDL No. 2709, before the United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri (“Motor Oil MDL”). Subsequently, the plaintiffs in the Motor Oil MDL filed a consolidated amended complaint, in which they seek to certify two nationwide classes and 16 statewide sub-classes and for each putative class member some or all of the following relief: compensatory damages, injunctive relief, statutory damages, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. The Company’s motion to dismiss the allegations raised in the consolidated amended complaint remains pending.
The Company believes that the labeling, marketing and sale of its private-label motor oil comply with applicable federal and state requirements and are not misleading. The Company further believes that this matter is not appropriate for class or similar treatment. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action; however, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether the Motor Oil MDL will be permitted to proceed as a class or the size of any putative class or classes. Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the claims asserted, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of this action on the merits or otherwise. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate the potential loss or range of loss in this matter; however if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of the Motor Oil MDL could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Shareholder Litigation
The Company is defending litigation filed in January and February 2017 in which the plaintiffs, on behalf of themselves and a putative class of shareholders, allege that between March 10, 2016 and December 1, 2016, the
64
Company violated federal securities laws by misrepresenting the impact to sales of changes to certain federal programs that provide supplemental nutritional assistance to individuals. ( Iron Workers Local Union No. 405 Annuity Fund v. Dollar General Corporation, et al. , M.D. Tenn. Case No. 3:17-cv-00063; Julia Askins v. Dollar General Corporation, et al ., M.D. Tenn., Case No. 3:17-cv-00276; Bruce Velan v. Dollar General Corporation, et al ., M.D. Tenn., Case No. 3:17-cv-00275)(collectively “the Shareholder Litigation”). Applications for lead plaintiff designation in the Shareholder Litigation must be filed on or before March 20, 2017, after which time the court is expected to designate a lead plaintiff and counsel for the putative class. Until such designation, neither the plaintiffs nor the Company is expected to make additional substantive filings in this matter.
The Company believes that the statements at issue in the Shareholder Litigation complied with federal securities laws and intends to vigorously defend this matter. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether this matter will be permitted to proceed as a class or the size of any putative class. Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the claims asserted, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of this action on the merits or otherwise. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate the potential loss or range of loss in this matter; however if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of this matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Environmental Matter
In February 2014, certain California District Attorneys’ Offices (“California DAs”), representing California’s county environmental authorities, informed the Company that they were investigating the Company’s hazardous waste handling and disposal practices in certain of its California stores and its California distribution center. On September 22, 2016, the California DAs provided a settlement demand to the Company that included a proposed civil penalty and certain injunctive relief. The Company continues to work with the California DAs towards a resolution of this matter and does not believe that any possible loss or the range of any possible loss that may be incurred in connection with this matter will be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, SEC regulations require disclosures of certain environmental matters when a governmental authority is a party to the proceeding unless the Company reasonably believes the proceeding will result in no monetary sanctions or in monetary sanctions, exclusive of interest and costs, of less than $100,000. As noted above, it now appears that this matter is likely to result in monetary sanctions, which the Company expects to exceed $100,000.
8. Benefit plans
The Dollar General Corporation 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, which became effective on January 1, 1998, is a safe harbor defined contribution plan and is subject to the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act (“ERISA”).
A participant’s right to claim a distribution of his or her account balance is dependent on the plan, ERISA guidelines and Internal Revenue Service regulations. All active participants are fully vested in all contributions to the 401(k) plan. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company expensed approximately $16.0 million, $15.0 million and $13.7 million, respectively, for matching contributions.
The Company also has a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan (“SERP”) and compensation deferral plan (“CDP”), known as the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan, for a select group of management and other key employees. The Company incurred compensation expense for these plans of approximately $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The CDP/SERP Plan assets are invested in accounts selected by the Company’s Compensation Committee or its delegate, and the associated deferred compensation liability is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as further disclosed in Note 6.
65
9. Share‑based payments
The Company accounts for share‑based payments in accordance with applicable accounting standards, under which the fair value of each award is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense over the service period. The fair value of the Company’s stock option grants are estimated on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes‑Merton valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense. The fair value of the Company’s other share-based awards discussed below are estimated using the Company’s closing stock price on the grant date. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period.
On July 6, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which plan was subsequently amended and restated on several occasions (as so amended and restated, the “Plan”). The Plan allows the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock‑based awards or dividend equivalent rights to key employees, directors, consultants or other persons having a service relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries and certain of its affiliates. The number of shares of Company common stock authorized for grant under the Plan is 31,142,858. As of February 3, 2017, 17,691,607 of such shares are available for future grants.
Since May 2011, most of the share-based awards issued by the Company have been in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. With limited exceptions, stock options and restricted stock units granted to employees generally vest ratably on an annual basis over four-year and three-year periods, respectively. Awards granted to board members generally vest over a one-year period. Performance share units generally vest ratably over a three-year period, provided that certain minimum performance criteria are met in the year of grant. With limited exceptions, the performance share unit and restricted stock unit awards are payable in shares of common stock on the vesting date.
From July 2007 through May 2011, a significant majority of the Company’s share-based awards were a combination of stock options that vested solely upon the continued employment of the recipient (“MSA Time Options”) and options that vested upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets (“MSA Performance Options”) (collectively, the “MSA Options”). MSA Options generally vested ratably on an annual basis over a period of approximately five years, with limited exceptions. The MSA Options have a contractual term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
The weighted average for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of all stock options granted in the years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
January 29, |
|
January 30, |
|
|
|
2017 |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Expected stock price volatility |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Weighted average risk-free interest rate |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Expected term of options (years) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected dividend yield - This is an estimate of the expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.
Expected stock price volatility - This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the Company’s common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.
Weighted average risk‑free interest rate - This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk‑free interest rate will increase compensation expense.
66
Expected term of options - This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has estimated the expected term as the mid‑point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the option. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity, exclusive of MSA Options, during the year ended February 3, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options |
|
Exercise |
|
Contractual |
|
Intrinsic |
|
||
(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands) |
|
Issued |
|
Price |
|
Term in Years |
|
Value |
|
||
Balance, January 29, 2016 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Exercisable at February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The weighted average grant date fair value per share of non-MSA options granted was $20.06, $18.48, and $17.26 during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The intrinsic value of non-MSA options exercised during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $17.3 million, $20.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
The number of performance share unit awards earned is based upon the Company’s annual financial performance in the year of grant as specified in the award agreement. A summary of performance share unit award activity during the year ended February 3, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units |
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands) |
|
Issued |
|
Value |
|
|
Balance, January 29, 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Converted to common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The weighted average grant date fair value per share of performance share units granted was $84.67, $74.72 and $57.91 during 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.
A summary of restricted stock unit award activity during the year ended February 3, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units |
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands) |
|
Issued |
|
Value |
|
|
Balance, January 29, 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Converted to common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock units granted was $84.56, $74.67, and $57.87 during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
At February 3, 2017, 90,467 MSA Time Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable, with an average exercise price of $19.06, an average remaining contractual term of 2.7 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $4.9 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Time Options exercised during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $5.3 million, $6.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively.
67
At February 3, 2017, 66,290 MSA Performance Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable, with an average exercise price of $19.15, an average remaining contractual term of 2.7 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $3.6 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Performance Options exercised during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $5.5 million, $4.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively.
At February 3, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock‑based awards was $53.7 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of 1.6 years.
The fair value method of accounting for share‑based awards resulted in share‑based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) and a corresponding reduction in income before and net of income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
Performance |
|
Restricted |
|
Restricted |
|
|
|
|
||||
(In thousands) |
|
Options |
|
Share Units |
|
Stock Units |
|
Stock |
|
Total |
|
|||||
Year ended February 3, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Year ended January 29, 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
Year ended January 30, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
10. Segment reporting
The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable operating segment. See Note 1 for a brief description of the Company’s business. As of February 3, 2017, all of the Company’s operations were located within the United States with the exception of certain subsidiaries in Hong Kong and China and a liaison office in India, which collectively are not material with regard to assets, results of operations or otherwise, to the consolidated financial statements. The following net sales data is presented in accordance with accounting standards related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2016 |
|
2015 |
|
2014 |
|
|||
Classes of similar products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumables |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Seasonal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home products |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apparel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
11. Common stock transactions
On August 29, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program, which the Board has since increased on several occasions. Most recently, on August 24, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion increase to the existing common stock repurchase program. As of February 3, 2017, a cumulative total of $5.0 billion had been authorized under the program since its inception and approximately $933.3 million remained available for repurchase. The repurchase authorization has no expiration date and allows repurchases from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and number of shares purchased depends on a variety of factors, such as price, market conditions, compliance with the covenants and restrictions under the Company’s debt agreements and other factors. Repurchases under the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings including under the Company’s amended and restated credit facilities and issuance of CP Notes discussed in further detail in Note 5.
68
During the years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, the Company repurchased approximately 12.4 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $1.0 billion, approximately 17.6 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $1.3 billion and approximately 14.1 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $0.8 billion, respectively, pursuant to its common stock repurchase programs.
The Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.25 per share during each of the four quarters of 2016. On March 15, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per share, which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record as of April 11, 2017. The amount and declaration of future cash dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant in its sole discretion.
12. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)
The following is selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016. Each quarterly period listed below was a 13-week accounting period, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2016, which was a 14‑week accounting period. The sum of the four quarters for any given year may not equal annual totals due to rounding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
Second |
|
Third |
|
Fourth |
|
||||
(In thousands) |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
||||
2016: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
Second |
|
Third |
|
Fourth |
|
||||
(In thousands) |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
||||
2015: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2016, the Company acquired 42 former Walmart Express locations and closed 40 of its own locations as part of relocating stores to the purchased locations. As a result, the Company incurred expenses, primarily related to lease termination costs, of $11.0 million ($6.7 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted share), which was recognized in Selling, general, and administrative expense in the third quarter of 2016.
In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company sold or assigned the leases for 12 of its own locations which were closed as part of the relocation process to the Walmart Express locations. As a result, the Company incurred a reduction of expenses of $4.5 million ($2.8 million net of tax, or $0.01 per diluted share), which was recognized in Selling, general, and administrative expense.
In the third quarter of 2015, the Company implemented a restructuring of its corporate support functions. As a result, the Company incurred expenses, primarily related to severance-related benefits, of $6.1 million ($3.7 million net of tax, or $0.01 per diluted share), which was recognized in Selling, general, and administrative expense.
69
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a‑15(e) or 15d‑15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and all related financial information contained in this report. This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a‑15(f) or 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.
To comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, management designed and implemented a structured and comprehensive assessment process to evaluate the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Such assessment was based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Management regularly monitors our internal control over financial reporting, and actions are taken to correct any deficiencies as they are identified. Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of February 3, 2017.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report is contained below.
70
(c) Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Dollar General Corporation
We have audited Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2017, of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 24, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
|
|
|
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP |
Nashville, Tennessee
March 24, 2017
71
(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes during the quarter ended February 3, 2017 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a‑15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
On December 13, 2016, Mr. James W. Thorpe, Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, advised the Company of his intention to resign, which will be effective April 15, 2017.
On March 22, 2017, the Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) awarded 161,512 non‑qualified stock options (“Options”) and 40,290 performance share units (“PSUs”) to Mr. Vasos, 37,686 Options and 9,401 PSUs to Messrs. Garratt, Owen and Thorpe, and 39,032 Options and 9,737 PSUs to Ms. Taylor on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the form of Option award agreement and form of PSU award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 10.7 and Exhibit 10.13, respectively (collectively, the “Form Award Agreements”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the previously filed Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
The Options, which were granted on terms substantially similar to the prior year, have a term of ten years and, subject to earlier forfeiture or accelerated vesting under certain circumstances described in the form of Option award agreement, generally will vest in four equal annual installments beginning on April 1, 2018.
The PSUs represent a target number of units that can be earned if certain performance measures are achieved during the applicable performance periods and if certain additional vesting requirements are met. Fifty percent of the target number of PSUs are subject to an adjusted EBITDA performance measure with a performance period of the Company’s fiscal year 2017. The other fifty percent of the target number of PSUs are divided into three equal parts, each subject to a different adjusted ROIC performance measure with a different performance period: (i) adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal year 2017, (ii) the average of adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal years 2017 and 2018, and (iii) the average of adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019. All performance measures were established by the Committee on the grant date. The number of PSUs earned will vary between 0% and 300% of the target amount based on actual performance compared to target performance on a graduated scale, with performance at the target level resulting in 100% of the target number of PSUs being earned. At the conclusion of each applicable performance period, the Committee will determine the level of achievement of each performance goal measure and the corresponding number of PSUs earned by each grantee. Subject to certain pro-rata vesting conditions, one-third of the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted EBITDA performance will vest in equal installments on April 1, 2018, April 1, 2019 and April 1, 2020, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company and certain accelerated vesting provisions described in the form of PSU award agreement. Subject to certain pro-rata vesting conditions, the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the first performance period will vest on April 1, 2018, the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the second performance period will vest on April 1, 2019 and the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the third performance period will vest on April 1, 2020, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company and certain accelerated vesting provisions described in the form of PSU award agreement.
The foregoing descriptions of all Options and PSU awards and the forms of award agreements are summaries only, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the filed forms of award agreement attached hereto as Exhibits 10.7 and 10.13.
72
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
(a) Information Regarding Directors and Executive Officers. The information required by this Item 10 regarding our directors and director nominees is contained under the captions “Who are the nominees this year,” “What are the backgrounds of this year’s nominees,” “Are there any familial relationships between any of the nominees,” “How are directors identified and nominated,” “How are nominees evaluated; what are the minimum qualifications,” and “What particular experience, qualifications, attributes or skills led the Board of Directors to conclude that each nominee should serve as a director of Dollar General,” all under the heading “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 31, 2017 (the “2017 Proxy Statement”), which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is contained in Part I of this Form 10‑K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant,” which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. Information required by this Item 10 regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and Board members. This Code is posted on the Investor Information section of our Internet website at www.dollargeneral.com. If we choose to no longer post such Code, we will provide a free copy to any person upon written request to Dollar General Corporation, c/o Investor Relations Department, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, TN 37072. We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from such Code that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our Internet website located at www.dollargeneral.com promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8‑K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10‑K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.
(d) Procedures for Shareholders to Recommend Director Nominees. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the registrant’s Board of Directors.
(e) Audit Committee Information. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our audit committee and our audit committee financial experts is contained under the captions “Corporate Governance—Does the Board of Directors have standing Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees” and “—Does Dollar General have an audit committee financial expert serving on its Audit Committee” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item 11 regarding director and executive officer compensation, the Compensation Committee Report, the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for employees, and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation is contained under the captions “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.
73
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
(a) Equity Compensation Plan Information. The information required by this Item 12 regarding securities authorized for issuance under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of February 3, 2017 is contained under the caption “Proposal 2: Vote Regarding the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan—Equity Compensation Plan Table” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Other Information. The information required by this Item 12 regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and our management is contained under the caption “Security Ownership” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item 13 regarding certain relationships and related transactions is contained under the caption “Transactions with Management and Others” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this Item 13 regarding director independence is contained under the caption “Director Independence” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item 14 regarding fees we paid to our principal accountant and the pre‑approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is contained under the caption “Fees Paid to Auditors” in the 2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.
74
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and, therefore, have been omitted. |
|
(c) |
Exhibits: See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein. |
|
None
75
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 24, 2017 |
By: |
/s/ T odd J. V asos |
|
|
Todd J. Vasos, |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
We, the undersigned directors and officers of the registrant, hereby severally constitute Todd J. Vasos, John W. Garratt II and Anita C. Elliott, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Todd J. Vasos |
|
Chief Executive Officer & Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
TODD J. VASOS |
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John W. Garratt |
|
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial |
|
March 24, 2017 |
JOHN W. GARRATT |
|
Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anita C. Elliott |
|
Senior Vice President & Chief Accounting |
|
March 24, 2017 |
ANITA C. ELLIOTT |
|
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Warren F. Bryant |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
WARREN F. BRYANT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael M. Calbert |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
MICHAEL M. CALBERT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sandra B. Cochran |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
SANDRA B. COCHRAN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Patricia D. Fili-Krushel |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
PATRICIA D. FILI‑KRUSHEL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Paula A. Price |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
PAULA A. PRICE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William C. Rhodes, III |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
WILLIAM C. RHODES, III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David B. Rickard |
|
Director |
|
March 24, 2017 |
DAVID B. RICKARD |
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Amended and Restated Charter of Dollar General Corporation (complete copy as amended for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended May 3, 2013, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2013 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Bylaws of Dollar General Corporation (as amended and restated on March 23, 2017) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (file no. 333‑161464)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.7) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 1.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.8) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 3.250% Senior Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.9) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 4.150% Senior Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.10) |
|
|
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated April 8, 2013 and filed with the SEC on April 11, 2013 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated April 8, 2013 and filed with the SEC on April 11, 2013 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 20, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated October 15, 2015, filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2017, among Dollar General Corporation, as borrower, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other credit parties and lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated February 22, 2017, filed with the SEC on February 22, 2017 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Dollar General Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
77
|
|
Dollar General Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (adopted November 30, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2016, filed with the SEC on December 1, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2011) for awards made prior to December 2014 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 20, 2012) for annual awards beginning March 20, 2012 and prior to March 2015 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated March 20, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for awards beginning December 2014 and prior to May 2016 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2016) for awards beginning May 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on May 26, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
78
|
|
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 17, 2015) for awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 1, 2015, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan* |
|
|
|
|
|
Waiver of Certain Limitations Set Forth in Option Agreements Pertaining to Options Previously Granted under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective August 26, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2010 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for awards prior to May 2011 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (file no. 333‑161464)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2011) for awards beginning May 2011 and prior to May 2014 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved May 28, 2014) for awards beginning May 2014 and prior to February 2015 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 2, 2014, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved December 3, 2014) for awards beginning February 2015 and prior to May 2016 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
79
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2016) for awards beginning May 2016 to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on May 26, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved January 26, 2016) for awards beginning February 1, 2016 to non‑executive Chairmen of the Board of Directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for awards to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (file no. 333‑161464)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S‑4 (file no. 333‑148320))* |
|
|
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S‑4 (file no. 333‑148320))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Second Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007), dated as of June 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008, filed with the SEC on September 3, 2008 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar General Corporation Non‑Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (approved December 3, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Dollar General Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (adopted November 30, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2016, filed with the SEC on December 1, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar General Corporation 2016 Teamshare Bonus Program for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on May 26, 2016 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Dollar General Corporation Life Insurance Program as Applicable to Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
80
|
|
Dollar General Corporation Executive Relocation Policy, as amended (effective September 22, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Non‑Employee Director Compensation effective January 30, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)) |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective June 3, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos for June 3, 2015 award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (approved March 16, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)) * |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Garratt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective June 15, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Jeffery C. Owen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
81
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Rhonda M. Taylor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2010, between Dollar General Corporation and Rhonda M. Taylor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective August 7, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and James W. Thorpe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Anita C. Elliott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Michael J. Kindy* |
|
|
|
|
|
Omnibus Limited Waiver by Dollar General Corporation to the Employment Agreement and Employment Transition Agreement with certain employees of Dollar General Corporation, effective January 28, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Transition Agreement, effective March 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard W. Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated March 10, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2012, between Dollar General Corporation and David M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated April 16, 2012, filed with the SEC on April 19, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation and David W. D’Arezzo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective March 19, 2012, between Dollar General Corporation and Gregory A. Sparks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 4, 2012, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))* |
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of Fixed Charge Ratio |
|
|
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation |
|
|
|
82
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto) |
|
|
|
|
|
Certifications of CEO and CFO under Exchange Act Rule 13a‑14(a) |
|
|
|
|
|
Certifications of CEO and CFO under 18 U.S.C. 1350 |
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
XBRL Instance Document |
|
|
|
101.SCH |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
|
|
|
101.CAL |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
101.LAB |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
101.PRE |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
101.DEF |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan
83
Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
As Amended and Restated on March 23, 2017
ARTICLE I
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. Place of Meeting . Meetings of the shareholders of Dollar General Corporation (the "Corporation") shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Tennessee as the Board of Directors may determine.
Section 2. Annual and Special Meetings . Annual meetings of shareholders shall be held, at a date, time and place fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting, to elect a Board of Directors and to transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer for any purpose and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary if directed by the Board of Directors. A special meeting of shareholders may be called at any time, but only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, or upon a resolution by or affirmative vote of the Board of Directors, and not by the shareholders.
Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, at least ten (10) days and not more than two (2) months before each meeting of shareholders, written notice of the time, date and place of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each shareholder. Notice may be provided by mail, private carrier, facsimile transmission or other form of wire, wireless or electronic communication (e.g., e-mail). Notice provided to a shareholder's e-mail address as indicated on the records of the Corporation shall be deemed proper notice for any purpose set forth in these Bylaws.
Section 4. Record Date . The Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders' meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote or to take any other action, a date that is not more than seventy (70) days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders. A record date fixed for a shareholders' meeting is effective for any adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than four (4) months after the date fixed for the original meeting.
Section 5. Shareholders' List . After the record date for a meeting has been fixed, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all shareholders who are entitled to notice of a shareholders' meeting. Such list will show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. The shareholders' list will be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the Corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. A shareholder or his or her agent or attorney is entitled on written demand to inspect and, subject to the requirements of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (the "Act"), to copy the list, during regular business hours and at his or her expense, during the period it is available for inspection.
1
Section 6. Acceptance of Shareholder Documents . If the name signed on a shareholder document (e.g., a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment) corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept such shareholder document and give it effect as the act of the shareholder. If the name signed on such shareholder document does not correspond to the name of a shareholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept such shareholder document and to give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:
(a) the shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;
(b) the name signed purports to be that of a fiduciary representing the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the Corporation has been presented with respect to such shareholder document;
(c) the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the Corporation has been presented with respect to the shareholder document;
(d) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the Corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to such shareholder document; or
(e) two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one (1) of the co-owners, and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-owners.
The Corporation is entitled to reject a shareholder document if the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has a reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on such shareholder document or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.
Section 7. Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, the holders of record, present in person or by proxy, of a majority of the Corporation's issued and outstanding capital stock shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present.
Section 8. Voting and Proxies . Except as otherwise required by law, all matters submitted to a meeting of shareholders shall be decided by vote of the holders of record, present in person or by proxy, and shall be approved if the votes in favor of the matter exceed the votes against the matter. Every shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting may do so either in person or by written proxy, which proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Proxies and written ballots may be in any format, including facsimile or any electronic form of communication (e.g., e-mail). Unless otherwise provided by the Act or the Charter, each outstanding share is entitled to one (1) vote on each matter voted on at a shareholders' meeting. Only shares are entitled to vote. Unless otherwise provided in the Charter, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
2
Section 9. Business at Annual and Special Meetings . No business may be transacted at an annual or special meeting of shareholders other than business that is:
(a) specified in a notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof,
(b) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof, or
(c) otherwise brought before the meeting by a "Noticing Shareholder" who complies with the notice, eligibility and other requirements set forth in Article I, Section 10 or Article I, Section 12 of these Bylaws, as applicable.
A "Noticing Shareholder" must be either a "Record Holder" or a "Nominee Holder." A "Record Holder" is a shareholder that holds of record stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting on the business (including any election of a director) to be appropriately conducted at the meeting. A "Nominee Holder" is a shareholder that holds such stock through a nominee or "street name" holder of record and can demonstrate to the Corporation such indirect ownership of such stock and such Nominee Holder's entitlement to vote such stock on such business. Clause (c) of Section 9 of this Article I shall be the exclusive means for a Noticing Shareholder to make director nominations or submit other business before a meeting of shareholders (other than proposals brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and included in the Corporation's notice of meeting, which proposals are not governed by these Bylaws). Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a shareholders' meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9, Section 10 or Section 12 of this Article I of these Bylaws.
Section 10. Notice of Shareholder Business to be Conducted at a Meeting of Shareholders . In order for a Noticing Shareholder to properly bring any item of business before a meeting of shareholders pursuant to this Section 10 of this Article I, the Noticing Shareholder must give timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in compliance with the requirements of Section 10 of this Article I. Section 10 of this Article I shall constitute an "advance notice provision" for annual meetings for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c)(l) under the Exchange Act.
(a) To be timely, a Noticing Shareholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation:
(i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation; and
3
(ii) in the case of a special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not earlier than the close of business on the one-hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting, or the announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder's notice as described above.
(b) To be in proper form, whether in regard to a nominee for election to the Board of Directors or other business, a Noticing Shareholder's notice to the Secretary must:
(i) Set forth, as to the Noticing Shareholder and, if the Noticing Shareholder holds for the benefit of another, the beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, the following information together with a representation as to the accuracy of the information:
(A) the name and address of the Noticing Shareholder as they appear on the Corporation's books and, if the Noticing Shareholder holds for the benefit of another, the name and address of such beneficial owner (collectively "Holder"),
(B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record, and the date such ownership was acquired,
(C) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not the instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a "Derivative Instrument") that is directly or indirectly owned beneficially by the Holder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation,
(D) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which the Holder has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation,
(E) any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if the Holder directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security),
4
(F) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by the Holder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation,
(G) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which the Holder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, is the manager, managing member or directly or indirectly beneficially owns an interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity,
(H) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that the Holder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any,
(I) any arrangements, rights, or other interests described in Sections 10(b)(i)(C)-(H) held by members of such Holder's immediate family sharing the same household,
(J) a representation that the Noticing Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named or propose the business specified in the notice and whether or not such shareholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding shares required to approve the nomination(s) or the business proposed and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from shareholders in support of the nomination(s) or the business proposed,
(K) a certification regarding whether or not such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Persons have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with such shareholder's and/or Shareholder Associated Persons' acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation and/or such shareholder's and/or Shareholder Associated Persons' acts or omissions as a shareholder of the Corporation,
(L) any other information relating to the Holder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and
(M) any other information as reasonably requested by the Corporation.
Such information shall be provided as of the date of the notice and shall be supplemented by the Holder not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date.
5
(ii) If the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, the notice must set forth:
(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material direct or indirect interest of the Holder or any Shareholder Associated Persons in such business, and
(B) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings, direct and indirect, between the Holder, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by the Holder.
(iii) Set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the Holder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board of Directors:
(A) all information relating to the nominee (including, without limitation, the nominee's name, age, business and residence address and principal occupation or employment and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the nominee) that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), and
(B) a description of any agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and any other persons (including any Shareholder Associated Person), on the other hand, in connection with the nomination of such person for election as a director,
(C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements, and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the Holder and respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the Holder making the nomination or on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the "registrant" for purposes of Item 404 and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant.
6
(iv) With respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, the Noticing Shareholder shall include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation, and agreement required by Article I, Section 11 of these Bylaws. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of the nominee.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in Article I, Section 10(a) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a shareholder's notice required by these Bylaws shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which the public announcement naming all nominees or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors is first made by the Corporation.
(d) For purposes of these Bylaws, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. As used in these By-laws, the term "Shareholder Associated Person" means, with respect to any shareholder, (i) any person acting in concert with such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder (other than a shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any shareholder, or any Shareholder Associated Person identified in clauses (i) or (ii) above. The terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" are fairly broad and are defined by reference to Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). An "affiliate" is any "person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified." "Control" is defined as the "possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise."
The term "associate" of a person means: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority-owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries.
(e) Only those persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors. Only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in
7
accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws, provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 10(e) of this Article I, nothing in Section 10(e) of this Article I shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of such business. If any information submitted pursuant to Section 10 of this Article I by any shareholder proposing a nominee(s) for election as a director at a meeting of shareholders is inaccurate in any material respect, such information shall be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with Section 10 of this Article I. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter, or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in compliance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if he should determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such nomination or business not properly brought before the meeting shall be disregarded or not be transacted.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a Noticing Shareholder also shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Article I, Section 9, Article I, Section 10, or Article I, Section 12.
(g) Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. Notice of shareholder proposals that are, or that the Noticing Shareholder intends to be, governed by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act are not governed by these Bylaws.
Section 11. Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation by a Holder, a person must complete and deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article I, Section 10 or Article I, Section 12 of these Bylaws, as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire providing the information requested about the background and qualifications of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made and a written representation and agreement (the questionnaire, representation, and agreement to be in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person:
(a) is not and will not become a party to:
(i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how the person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a "Voting Commitment") that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, or
(ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the person's ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with the person's fiduciary duties under applicable law,
8
(b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and
(c) in the person's individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.
Section 12. Proxy Access for Director Nominations.
(a) Whenever the Board of Directors solicits proxies with respect to the election of directors at an annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation then, subject to the provisions of this Section 12 of this Article I, the Corporation shall include in its proxy materials for such annual meeting of shareholders the name, together with the Required Information (as defined below), of any Shareholder Nominee (as defined below) nominated in a timely notice that satisfies the requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I (the “Notice of Proxy Access Nomination”), delivered by a Noticing Shareholder who at the time the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination is delivered satisfies, or by a group of no more than 20 Noticing Shareholders that satisfy, the ownership and other requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I (such Noticing Shareholder or such group of Noticing Shareholders, including as the context requires each group member thereof, referred to herein as an “Eligible Shareholder”), and who expressly elects at the time of providing the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination to have its nominee or nominees, as applicable, included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I.
(b) To be timely, a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 120 th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 150 th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date that the Corporation commenced mailing of its definitive proxy materials (as stated in such materials) for the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders (the last day on which a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination may be delivered, the “Final Proxy Access Nomination Date”). In the event that no annual meeting of shareholders was held in the previous year or the date of the upcoming annual meeting of shareholders is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of the previous annual meeting of shareholders, to be timely, a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders and not later than the close of business on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting of shareholders is less than 130 days prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders, the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such annual meeting of shareholders is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of shareholders or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination as described above.
9
(c) For purposes of this Section 12 of this Article I, “Shareholder Nominee” shall mean a person timely and properly nominated for election to the Board of Directors by an Eligible Shareholder in accordance with this Section 12 of this Article I. The maximum number of Shareholder Nominees that may be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I (including Shareholder Nominees that were submitted by an Eligible Shareholder for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I but either are subsequently withdrawn, disregarded, declared invalid or ineligible pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I or that the Board of Directors decides to nominate as a nominee of the Board of Directors) shall not exceed 20% of the number of directors serving on the Board of Directors as of the Final Proxy Access Nomination Date, or if such amount is not a whole number, the closest whole number below 20% (the “Permitted Number”); provided, however, that in the event that one or more vacancies for any reason occurs on the Board of Directors at any time after the Final Proxy Access Nomination Date and before the date of the applicable annual meeting of shareholders and the Board of Directors determines to reduce the size of the Board of Directors in connection therewith, the Permitted Number shall be calculated based on the number of directors in office as so reduced.
(d) The Permitted Number shall be reduced by the number of persons that the Board of Directors decides to recommend for re-election who were previously elected to the Board of Directors based on a nomination made pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I or pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or other understanding with an Eligible Shareholder in lieu of such person being formally nominated as a director pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I, in each case at one of the preceding two annual meetings of shareholders.
(e) Any Eligible Shareholder submitting more than one Shareholder Nominee for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I shall rank in its Notice of Proxy Access Nomination such Shareholder Nominees based on the order that the Eligible Shareholder desires such Shareholder Nominee to be selected for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials in the event that that the total number of Shareholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Shareholders pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I exceeds the Permitted Number. In the event that the number of Shareholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Shareholders pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I exceeds the Permitted Number, the highest ranking Shareholder Nominee who meets the requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I from each Eligible Shareholder will be selected for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials until the Permitted Number is reached, beginning with the Eligible Shareholder with the largest number of shares disclosed as owned (as defined below) in its respective Notice of Proxy Access Nomination submitted to the Corporation and proceeding through each Eligible Shareholder in descending order of ownership. If the Permitted Number is not reached after the highest ranking Shareholder Nominee who meets the requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I from each Eligible Shareholder has been selected, this selection process shall continue as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the Permitted Number is reached.
(f) For purposes of this Section 12 of this Article I, the “Required Information” that the Corporation will include in its proxy statement is:
10
(i) the information concerning the Shareholder Nominee and the Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) that, as determined by the Corporation, would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or pursuant to any other rule, regulation or listing standard (the “Proxy Rules”); and
(ii) if the Eligible Shareholder so elects, a Statement (as defined below).
(g) An Eligible Shareholder must have owned (as defined below) that number of shares of stock of the Corporation as shall constitute three percent (3%) or more of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock eligible to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Required Shares”) continuously for at least three (3) years as of both the date the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination is delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 12 of this Article I and the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of shareholders, and must continue to own the Required Shares through the date of the annual meeting of shareholders. If and to the extent a Noticing Shareholder is acting on behalf of one or more beneficial owners in submitting the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination, only shares owned by such beneficial owner or owners, and not any other shares owned by such Noticing Shareholder, shall be counted for purposes of satisfying the foregoing ownership requirement.
For purposes of satisfying the foregoing ownership requirement under this Section 12 of this Article I, the shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned by one or more Eligible Shareholders may be aggregated, provided, that the number of Eligible Shareholders whose ownership of shares of stock of the Corporation is aggregated for such purpose shall not exceed 20. Two or more funds that are (i) under common management and investment control, (ii) under common management and funded primarily by the same employer or (iii) a “group of investment companies,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, shall be treated as one Eligible Shareholder for the purpose of satisfying the foregoing ownership requirements; provided that each fund otherwise meets the requirements set forth in this Section 12 of this Article I; and provided further that any such funds for which shares are aggregated for the purpose of satisfying the foregoing ownership requirements provide documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that demonstrates that the funds satisfy the criteria for being treated as one Eligible Shareholder within seven days after the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination is delivered to the Corporation. With respect to any one particular annual meeting of shareholders, no shareholder may be a member of more than one group of shareholders constituting an Eligible Shareholder under this Section 12 of this Article I. For the avoidance of doubt, if a group of Noticing Shareholders aggregates ownership of shares in order to meet the Required Shares requirement hereunder, all shares held by each Noticing Shareholder that constitute part of the Required Shares must be held by that shareholder continuously for at least three years as of the date the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and as of the record date and must continue to own the Required Shares through the date of the annual meeting of shareholders, as outlined above, and evidence of such continuous ownership shall be provided as specified in this Section 12 of this Article I.
11
(h) For purposes of this Section 12 of this Article I, an Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) shall be deemed to “own” only those outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock as to which the Eligible Shareholder possesses both:
(i) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to the shares; and
(ii) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares;
provided that the number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) shall not include any shares (x) sold by such Eligible Shareholder or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed, (y) borrowed by such Eligible Shareholder or any of its affiliates for any purposes or purchased by such shareholder or any of its affiliates pursuant to an agreement to resell, or (z) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, other derivative or similar agreement entered into by such Eligible Shareholder or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in any such case which instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of either (1) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such Eligible Shareholder’s or affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares and/or (2) hedging, offsetting or altering to any degree gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such Eligible Shareholder or affiliate. An Eligible Shareholder shall “own” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the shareholder retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares.
An Eligible Shareholder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which (A) the Eligible Shareholder has loaned such shares, provided that the Eligible Shareholder has the power to recall such loaned shares on no more than five business days’ notice and has recalled such loaned shares as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of shareholders and through the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; or (B) the Eligible Shareholder has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney or other instrument or arrangement that is revocable at any time by the Eligible Shareholder.
Whether outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are “owned” for the purposes of this Section 12 of this Article I shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The Corporation also may require the Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) to furnish such other information as may be reasonably required by the Corporation to permit the Board of Directors to make such determination, and if any such Eligible Shareholder (including any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) fails to provide such information, such Eligible Shareholder (or member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) will be barred from making nomination or being considered a member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 12 of this Article I, the term “affiliate” or “affiliates” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. The terms “owned,” “owning” and other variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings.
12
(i) The Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) must provide with its timely Notice of Proxy Access Nomination the following information in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation:
(i) all of the representations, agreements and other information required in a Noticing Shareholder’s notice pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Article I;
(ii) one or more written statements from the Record Holder(s) of the shares (and from each intermediary through which the shares are or have been held during the requisite three-year holding period) verifying that, as of a date within seven calendar days prior to the date the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination is delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary of the Corporation, the Eligible Shareholder owns, and has owned continuously for the preceding three years, the Required Shares, as well as the Eligible Shareholder’s agreement to provide:
(A) within five business days after the record date for the annual meeting of shareholders, written statements from the Record Holder and any intermediaries through which the shares are held verifying the Eligible Shareholder’s continuous ownership of the Required Shares from the date(s) referenced in the written statements provided with the Notice of Proxy Access Nomination referenced immediately above through the record date (with such written statements being provided by each member of any group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder), and
(B) immediate notice if the Eligible Shareholder ceases to own any of the Required Shares prior to the date of the applicable annual meeting of shareholders;
(iii) a copy of the Schedule 14N that has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as required by Rule 14a-18 under the Exchange Act, as such rule may be amended;
(iv) in the case of a nomination by a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder, the designation by all group members of one group member that is authorized to act on behalf of all members of the Eligible Shareholder with respect to the nomination and all matters related thereto, including withdrawal of the nomination and that such person intends to be present in person or by authorized representative to present the Shareholder Nominee at the annual meeting of shareholders;
(v) a representation and, where applicable, agreement that the Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder):
(A) acquired the Required Shares in the ordinary course of business and not with the intent to change or influence control of the Corporation, and does not presently have such intent,
13
(B) has not nominated and will not nominate for election to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of shareholders any person other than the Shareholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I,
(C) has not engaged and will not engage in, and has not been and will not be, a “participant” (as defined in Schedule 14A of the Exchange Act) in, a “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders other than a nominee of the Board of Directors,
(D) will not distribute to any shareholder any form of proxy for the annual meeting of shareholders other than the form distributed by the Corporation,
(E) will continue to own the Required Shares through the date of the annual meeting of shareholders, and
(F) is providing or will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its shareholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(vi) a representation as to the intentions of the Eligible Shareholder (and each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) with respect to continuing to own the Required Shares for at least one year following the annual meeting of shareholders; and
(vii) an undertaking that the Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) agrees to:
(A) assume all liability stemming from any legal or regulatory violation arising out of the Eligible Shareholder’s communications with the Corporation’s shareholders or out of the information that the Eligible Shareholder provides or provided or that the Shareholder Nominee provides or provided to the Corporation (including without limitation any information that the Eligible Shareholder or the Shareholder Nominee omitted or failed to provide to the Corporation that was material or that was necessary to make the information provided not misleading),
(B) indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and each of its directors, officers, employees and agents individually against any liability, loss or damages in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (whether threatened, pending or completed), whether legal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents arising out of or relating to any nomination, solicitation or other activity by the Eligible Shareholder in connection with its
14
efforts to elect its Shareholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I or by the Shareholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I,
(C) file with the SEC any solicitation or other communication with the Corporation’s shareholders relating to the annual meeting of shareholders at which the Shareholder Nominee will be nominated, regardless of whether any such filing is required under the Proxy Rules or whether any exemption from filing is available for such solicitation or other communication under the Proxy Rules; provided however, that only other communications that both (i) relate to the nomination and (ii) are intended to reach shareholders of the Corporation holding 5% or more of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock are required to be filed pursuant to this provision,
(D) comply with all other applicable laws, rules, regulations and listing standards relating to the nomination of each Shareholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I, and
(E) timely provide to the Corporation any additional information that the Corporation in its sole, final, conclusive and binding discretion determines is necessary for the Corporation to make any necessary determination according to this Section 12 of this Article I.
(j) The Eligible Shareholder (but not each member of any group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) may include, at its option, with its timely Notice of Proxy Access Nomination one written statement for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders, not to exceed 500 words (including without limitation any heading), in support of the Shareholder Nominee’s candidacy (the “Statement”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Statement shall be limited to 500 words and shall not include any images, charts, pictures, graphic presentations or similar items. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 of this Article I, the Corporation may omit from its proxy materials any information or Statement (or portion thereof) that it, in good faith, believes:
(i) could violate any applicable law, rule, regulation or listing standard;
(ii) is not true and correct in all material respects or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or
(iii) directly or indirectly impugns the character, integrity or personal reputation of, or directly or indirectly makes charges concerning improper, illegal or immoral conduct or associations with respect to, without factual foundation, any person.
(k) Within the time period specified in this Section 12 of this Article I for providing a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination, each Shareholder Nominee must deliver to the Secretary of the Corporation:
15
(i) All of the representations, agreements and other information required to be provided with respect to director nominees under Section 10(b) and Section 11 of this Article I;
(ii) written consent to be named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director, if elected, and to public disclosure of the information provided by the Eligible Shareholder and to the information provided by the Shareholder Nominee in connection with the nomination and any additional consents or information as may be required from time to time by state or federal law; and
(iii) a written representation and agreement that such Shareholder Nominee:
(A) is not and will not become a party to any Voting Commitment, whether written or oral;
(B) is not and will not become a party either directly or indirectly to any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or other understanding, whether written or oral, with any person or entity other than the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, including any agreement to indemnify such Shareholder Nominee for obligations arising as a result of his or her nomination, service or action taken as a director of the Corporation, and has not and will not receive either directly or indirectly any such compensation or other payment from any person or entity other than the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, in each case in connection with such Shareholder Nominee’s nomination, service or action as a director of the Corporation;
(C) would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, all of the Corporation’s policies and guidelines pertaining to corporate governance, conflicts of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership, holding and trading, the Corporation’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) and any other policies and guidelines applicable to directors from time to time; and
(D) is providing, or will provide, facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its shareholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(l) At the request of the Corporation, each Shareholder Nominee must fully complete, sign and submit all questionnaires the Corporation requires of its directors and officers within the timeframe requested by the Corporation. The Corporation also may require any Shareholder Nominee (and if so required, such Shareholder Nominee must fully furnish such information within the timeframe requested by the Corporation) to furnish such other information as the Corporation reasonably believes is necessary or advisable to permit the Board of Directors to determine whether:
16
(i) such Shareholder Nominee is independent for purposes of service on the Board of Directors and each committee thereof under all applicable law, applicable listing standards, any applicable rules or regulations of the SEC and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in determining and disclosing the independence of the Corporation’s directors (the “Applicable Independence Standards”) or that the Corporation reasonably believes could be material to a reasonable shareholder's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such Shareholder Nominee;
(ii) such Shareholder Nominee had or has any direct or indirect material interest in any transaction with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries that would be reportable under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any amended or successor provision;
(iii) such Shareholder Nominee has any conflict of interest with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries that would cause such Shareholder Nominee to violate the Code or any other issue that would result in the Shareholder Nominee’s violation of any provision of the Code;
(iv) such Shareholder Nominee is or has been subject to:
(A) any event specified in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, or any amended or successor provision, or
(B) any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or any amended or successor provision.
(m) In the event that any information or communications provided by an Eligible Shareholder (including information or communications provided by any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) or any Shareholder Nominee to the Corporation or its shareholders is not or ceases to be true and correct in any material respect or omitted or omits a fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, each Eligible Shareholder or Shareholder Nominee, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Corporation of any such inaccuracy, omission or defect in such previously provided information and of the information that is required to make such information or communication true and correct, it being understood that providing any such notification and information shall not be deemed to cure any defect or limit the Corporation’s right to omit a Shareholder Nominee from its proxy materials as provided in this Section 12 of this Article I.
(n) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 12 of this Article I, the Corporation shall not be required to include, pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I, a Shareholder Nominee in its proxy materials (or, if the proxy statement has already been filed, then the Board of Directors or the person presiding at the annual meeting of shareholders may declare a nomination by an Eligible Shareholder to be invalid and that such nomination shall be disregarded and no vote on any such Shareholder Nominee shall occur, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation), and no replacement nominee or nominees shall be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials or otherwise submitted for election as a director in substitution thereof:
17
(i) if the Shareholder Nominee or the Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) who nominated the Shareholder Nominee fails to provide any of the information required or requested by the Corporation pursuant to any provision of this Section 12 of this Article I in the timeframe and manner set forth herein;
(ii) for any annual meeting of shareholders for which the Secretary of the Corporation receives a notice that the Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) or any other Noticing Shareholder has nominated or intends to nominate a person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 10 of this Article I;
(iii) if any person is nominated pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or other understanding with one or more shareholders or beneficial owners, as the case may be, in lieu of such person being formally proposed as a nominee for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 10 of this Article I or if any director then in office was previously nominated pursuant to Section 10 of this Article I or pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or other understanding with one or more shareholders or beneficial owners, as the case may be, in lieu of such person being formally proposed as a nominee for election to the Board pursuant to Section 10 of this Article I, in each case at one of the previous two annual meetings;
(iv) if the Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) has or is currently engaged in, or has been or is a “participant” (as defined in Schedule 14A of the Exchange Act) in, a “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders other than a nominee of the Board of Directors;
(v) if the Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) or if the Shareholder Nominee is or becomes a party to any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, with any person or entity other than the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, including any agreement to indemnify such Shareholder Nominee for obligations arising as a result of his or her nomination, service or action taken as a director of the Corporation;
(vi) who is not independent under the Applicable Independence Standards, as determined by the Board of Directors;
(vii) whose election as a member of the Board of Directors would cause the Corporation to be in violation of these Bylaws, the Corporation’s Charter, the listing standards of the principal exchange upon which the Corporation’s capital stock is traded, or any applicable state or federal law, rule or regulation, in each case as may be in effect from time to time;
(viii) who is or has been, within the past three years, an officer or director of a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, as amended;
18
(ix) who has or would have a conflict of interest with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries that would cause such Shareholder Nominee to violate the Code or any fiduciary duties of directors established pursuant to the Act, including but not limited to, the duty of loyalty and duty of care, as determined by the Board of Directors;
(x) who is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or has been convicted in such a criminal proceeding;
(xi) who is subject to any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act;
(xii) if such Shareholder Nominee or the applicable Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) shall have provided information to the Corporation or shareholders required or requested pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I that was untrue in any material respect or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as determined by the Board of Directors;
(xiii) if the Eligible Shareholder (or a qualified representative thereof) does not appear at the annual meeting of shareholders to present the Shareholder Nominee for election pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I;
(xiv) if the Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) becomes ineligible to nominate a director pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I or withdraws its nomination or if the Shareholder Nominee becomes unwilling, unavailable or ineligible to serve on the Board of Directors, whether before or after the mailing of the definitive proxy statement; or
(xv) if such Shareholder Nominee or the applicable Eligible Shareholder (or any member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) otherwise breaches or contravenes any of the agreements, representations or undertakings made by such Shareholder Nominee or Eligible Shareholder or fails to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I in any way, as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the person presiding at the annual meeting of shareholders, which determination shall be final and binding.
(o) Any Shareholder Nominee who is included in the Corporation’s proxy materials for a particular annual meeting of shareholders, but to whom either (i) or (ii) below applies, shall be ineligible to be a Shareholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I for the next two annual meetings of shareholders following the annual meeting of shareholders for which the Shareholder Nominee has been nominated for election:
(i) the Shareholder Nominee withdraws from or becomes ineligible or unavailable for election at the annual meeting of shareholders, including without limitation for the failure to comply with any provision of these Bylaws (provided that
19
in no event shall any such withdrawal, ineligibility or unavailability commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Notice of Proxy Access Nomination), or
(ii) the Shareholder Nominee does not receive a number of votes cast in favor of his or her election equal to at least 25% of the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the annual meeting of shareholders and entitled to vote on the Shareholder Nominee’s election.
(p) The Board of Directors (and any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) shall have the power and authority to interpret this Section 12 of this Article I and to make any and all determinations necessary or advisable to apply this Section 12 of this Article I to any persons, facts or circumstances, including without limitation the power to determine:
(i) whether a person or group of persons qualifies as an Eligible Shareholder;
(ii) whether a group of funds satisfies the criteria to be treated as one shareholder for purposes of determining the number of shareholders whose ownership is aggregated according to this Section 12 of this Article I;
(iii) whether outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are “owned” for purposes of meeting the ownership requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I;
(iv) whether a notice is timely and otherwise complies with the requirements of this Section 12 of this Article I;
(v) whether a person satisfies the qualifications and requirements to be a Shareholder Nominee;
(vi) whether inclusion of the Required Information in the Corporation’s proxy statement is consistent with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and listing standards; and
(vii) whether any and all requirements of Section 12 of this Article I have been satisfied.
The Board of Directors (and any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) may require an Eligible Shareholder (including each member of a group of Noticing Shareholders that is an Eligible Shareholder hereunder) or a Shareholder Nominee to furnish any additional information as may be reasonably required by the Corporation (as determined solely and exclusively by the Corporation, with such determination being final and binding) to permit the Board of Directors (and any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) to make any such interpretation or determination. Any such interpretation or determination adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors (or any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including without limitation the Corporation, all record or beneficial owners
20
of stock of the Corporation, all persons purporting to own stock of the Corporation, and all persons nominated or attempted to be nominated pursuant to this Section 12 of this Article I.
ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
Section 1. Number, Election and Removal of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than fifteen (15) members. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to and in compliance with any applicable shareholders' agreement. The Directors shall be elected by shareholders at their annual meeting or a special meeting called for that purpose in compliance with these Bylaws. Subject to the provisions contained in any applicable shareholders' agreement, a Director may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class.
Section 2. Vacancies . Any vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors may be filled, subject to compliance with the Shareholders Agreement, by Directors entitled to cast that number of votes constituting a majority of votes that may be cast by Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining Director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.
Section 3. Voting . Each director shall be entitled to one vote. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Charter of the Corporation, these Bylaws or any contract or agreement to which the Corporation and its shareholders are parties, at a meeting at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the Directors present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors by resolution, and if so fixed no further notice thereof need be given, provided that unless all the Directors are present at the meeting at which said resolution is passed, the first meeting held pursuant to said resolution shall not be held for at least five (5) days following the date on which the resolution is passed. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman and shall be called by the Chairman and Secretary if directed by the Board of Directors or if requested by any two Directors.
Section 5. Notice . Meetings (other than regular meetings the dates and times of which are established as provided in Section 4 of this Article II) of the Board of Directors must be preceded by at least twenty-four (24) hours notice to each Director. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally, by telephone, by mail, by private carrier, by telecopier, by electronic mail or by any other means of communication reasonably calculated to give notice, at such times and at such places as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors, or the Chairman thereof (if any), as applicable. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the Director is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which such Director is a party. Telegraph, teletype, facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., e-mail) notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message. Notice of a special meeting need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice, executed by such Director before or
21
after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Director who attends the meeting without protesting the lack of notice prior thereto or at its commencement.
Section 6. Quorum . At all duly called meetings of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, the Charter of the Corporation, these Bylaws or any contract or agreement to which the Corporation and its shareholders are parties, the presence of a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such a quorum is present.
Section 7. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted pursuant to Section 3 of this Article II and otherwise in accordance with the terms of any applicable shareholders’ agreement, designate one or more committees, including, without limitation, an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and/or a Compensation Committee, to have such composition and to exercise such power and authority as the Board of Directors shall specify. At a meeting at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the committee members present shall be the act of the committee. Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee and subject to the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.
Section 8. Actions of Board Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by the Charter of the Corporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to taking such action without a meeting, in which case, subject to Article II, Section 3 of these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of the Directors or committee members, as the case may be, is the act of the Board of Directors or any such committee. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed, in one or more counterparts, by that number of Directors specified pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, indicating each such Director's vote or abstention on the action, and be included with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 9. Presence through Communications Equipment . Meetings of the Board of Directors, and any meeting of any Board committee, may be held through any communications equipment (e.g., conference telephone) if all persons participating can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence at that meeting.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other additional officers with such titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, all of which shall be chosen by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of President and Secretary. Such officers shall have the usual powers and shall perform all the usual duties incident to their respective offices. All officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Directors. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may
22
be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause. Each officer shall serve until the earlier of his or her removal, the expiration of the term for which he or she is elected or until his or her successor has been elected and qualified. Election of an officer or agent shall not itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES OF STOCK
Section 1. Shares with or without Certificates . The Board of Directors may authorize that some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation's classes or series of stock be evidenced by a certificate or certificates of stock. The Board of Directors may also authorize the issue of some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation's classes or series of stock without certificates. The rights and obligations of shareholders with the same class and/or series of stock shall be identical whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.
Section 2. Shares with Certificates . If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock evidenced by a certificate or certificates, each individual certificate shall include the following on its face: (i) the Corporation's name, (ii) the fact that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee, (iii) the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued, (iv) the number of shares represented thereby, (v) the class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which the certificate represents, and (vi) such other information as applicable law may require or as may be lawful.
If the Corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series) shall be summarized on the front or back of each certificate. Alternatively, each certificate shall state on its front or back that the Corporation will furnish the shareholder this information in writing, without charge, upon request.
Each certificate of stock issued by the Corporation shall be signed (either manually or in facsimile) by any two officers of the Corporation. If the person who signed a certificate no longer holds office when the certificate is issued, the certificate is nonetheless valid.
Section 3. Shares without Certificates . If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the Act, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the shareholder a written statement of the information required on certificates by Article IV, Section 2 of these Bylaws and any other information required by the Act. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.
Section 4. Subscriptions for Shares . Subscriptions for shares of the Corporation shall be valid only if they are in writing. Unless the subscription agreement provides otherwise, subscriptions for shares, regardless of the time when they are made, shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such periods, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. All calls for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or of the same series, unless the subscription agreement specifies otherwise.
23
Section 5. Transfers . Transfers of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by (i) the holder of record thereof, (ii) by his or her legal representative, who, upon request of the Corporation, shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or (iii) his or her attorney, authorized by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or a duly appointed transfer agent. Such transfers shall be made only upon surrender, if applicable, of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and with all taxes thereon paid.
Section 6. Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates . In case of loss, mutilation or destruction of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued upon the terms prescribed by the Board of Directors, including provision for indemnification of the Corporation secured by a bond or other security sufficient to protect the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.
ARTICLE V
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Corporate Books . The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or outside the State of Tennessee as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the Charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any waiver of notice shall be filed with the minutes of the corporate records.
Section 4. Amendment of Bylaws . Subject to the provisions of the Charter of the Corporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the majority vote of the entire Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Charter of the Corporation and notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the shareholders, these Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
24
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to each director and officer of the Corporation, or any person who may have served at the request of the Corporation's Board of Directors or its President or Chief Executive Officer as a director or officer of another corporation (and, in either case, such person's heirs, executors and administrators), to the full extent allowed by the laws of the State of Tennessee, both as now in effect and as hereafter adopted. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation who is not a director or officer (and such person's heirs, executors and administrators) to the same extent as to a director or officer, if the Board of Directors determines that doing so is in the best interests of the Corporation.
Section 2. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and expense advancement provisions of Section 1 of this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person (and such person's heirs, executors and administrators) may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charter, provision of these Bylaws, resolution adopted by the shareholders, resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, agreement, or insurance (purchased by the Corporation or otherwise), both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity.
Section 3. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation's Board of Directors or its Chief Executive Officer as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article or the Act.
25
Exhibit 10.10
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Dollar General Corporation, a Tennessee corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (or a duly authorized subcommittee thereof) of the Board of the Company appointed to administer the Plan (the “ Committee ”) has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said Option.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
Section 1.1. Cause
“Cause” shall mean (A) “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (B) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Cause” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (C) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, with respect to an Optionee: (i) any act of the Optionee involving fraud or dishonesty, or any willful failure to perform reasonable duties assigned to the Optionee which failure is not cured within 10 business days after receipt from the Company of written notice of such failure; (ii) any material breach by the Optionee of any securities or other law or regulation or any Company policy governing trading or dealing with stock, securities, investments or the like, or any inappropriate disclosure or “tipping” relating to any stock, securities, investments or the like; (iii) other than as required by law, the carrying out by the Optionee of any activity, or the Optionee making any public statement, which prejudices or ridicules the good name and standing of the Company or its Affiliates or would bring such persons into public contempt or ridicule; (iv) attendance by the Optionee at work in a state of intoxication or the Optionee otherwise being found in possession at the Optionee’s place of work of
1
any prohibited drug or substance, possession of which would amount to a criminal offense; (v) any assault or other act of violence by the Optionee; or (vi) the Optionee being indicted for any crime constituting (x) any felony whatsoever or (y) any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under the Company’s hiring policy.
Section 1.2. Disability
“Disability” shall mean (A) “Disability” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (B) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Disability” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (C) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, “Disability” as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan.
“Good Reason” shall mean (A) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary unless such action is in connection with across-the-board base salary reductions affecting 100 percent of employees at the same grade level; or (B) a material diminution in the Optionee’s authority, duties or responsibilities. To qualify as a termination due to Good Reason under this Agreement, the Optionee must have provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such grounds and must have given the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to cure the condition constituting Good Reason. Such termination of employment must have become effective no later than one year after the initial existence of the condition constituting Good Reason.
Section 1.4. Option
“Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares of Common Stock set forth on Schedule A hereto.
Section 1.5. Qualifying Termination
“Qualifying Termination” shall mean the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than with Cause or terminated by the Optionee for Good Reason other than when Cause to terminate exists, in each case within two years following a Change in Control. In no event shall a Qualifying Termination include the Retirement, death, Disability or any other termination of the Optionee not specifically covered by the preceding sentence.
Section 1.6. Retirement
“Retirement” shall mean the voluntary termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on or after (A) reaching the minimum age of sixty-two (62) and (B) achieving five (5) consecutive years of service; provided, however, that the sum of the Optionee’s age plus years of service (counting whole years only) must equal at least seventy (70) and provided further that there is no basis for the Company to terminate the Optionee with Cause at the time of Optionee’s voluntary termination.
2
Section 1.7. Secretary
“Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF OPTION
Section 2.1. Grant of Option
For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the Option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Section 2.2. Exercise Price
Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
Section 2.3. No Guarantee of Employment
Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or offer letter provided by the Company to the Optionee.
Section 2.4. Adjustments to Option
The Option shall be subject to the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, provided , however , that in the event of the payment of an extraordinary dividend by the Company to its shareholders: the Exercise Price of the Option shall be reduced by the amount of the dividend paid, but only to the extent the Committee determines it to be permitted under applicable tax laws and to not have adverse tax consequences to the Optionee under Section 409A of the Code; and, if such reduction cannot be fully effected due to such tax laws and it will not have adverse tax consequences to the Optionee, then the Company shall pay to the Optionee a cash payment, on a per Share basis, equal to the balance of the amount of the dividend not permitted to be applied to reduce the Exercise Price of the applicable Option as follows: (a) for each Share subject to a vested Option, immediately upon the date of such dividend payment; and (b) for each Share subject to an unvested Option, on the date on which such Option becomes vested and exercisable with respect to such Share.
3
ARTICLE III
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
Section 3.1. Commencement of Exercisability
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(b), (c) or (d) below, so long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipient, the Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to such Option on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the Grant Date (each such date, a “Vesting Date”). To the extent this vesting schedule results in the vesting of fractional shares, the fractional shares shall be combined and be exercisable on the earliest Vesting Date.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, upon the earliest occurrence of (i) the Optionee’s death, or (ii) a termination of the Optionee’s employment by reason of the Optionee’s Disability, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such unvested Option immediately prior to such event (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable).
(c) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, in the event the Optionee experiences a Qualifying Termination, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable on the date of such Qualifying Termination with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such unvested Option (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable).
(d) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, in the event of the Optionee’s Retirement, that portion of the Option that would have become vested and exercisable within the one (1) year period following the Optionee’s Retirement date if the Optionee had remained employed with the Company or the applicable Service Recipient shall remain outstanding for a period of one (1) year following the Optionee’s Retirement date and shall become vested and exercisable on the anniversary of the Grant Date that falls within the one (1) year period following the Optionee’s Retirement date (but only to the extent such portion of the Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable); provided, however, that if during such one (1) year period the Optionee dies or incurs a Disability, such portion of the Option shall instead become immediately vested and exercisable (but only to the extent such portion of the Option has not otherwise terminated or been forfeited) upon such death or Disability.
(e) No Option shall become vested or exercisable as to any additional Shares following the Optionee’s termination of employment for any reason, and any Option which is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately terminate and be forfeited without payment therefor, in each case except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(b), (c) or (d) above.
Section 3.2. Expiration of Option
The Optionee may not exercise the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:
(a) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;
(b) The fifth anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by reason of Retirement;
4
(c) The first anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by reason of death or Disability;
(d) The third anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s Qualifying Termination;
(e) Ninety (90) days after the date of the Optionee’s involuntary termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause that is not a Qualifying Termination;
(f) Ninety (90) days after the date of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee that is not a Qualifying Termination or Disability or Retirement;
(g) Immediately upon the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients with Cause;
(h) At the discretion of the Company, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.
ARTICLE IV
EXERCISE OF OPTION
Section 4.1. Person Eligible to Exercise
During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by the Optionee’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
Section 4.2. Partial Exercise
Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares of Common Stock only.
Section 4.3. Manner of Exercise
The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Secretary or his or her designee all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:
(a) Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;
5
(b) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised (provided, however, that full payment is deemed made if the Company receives cash in respect of the exercise price no later than the date on which the Company or its agent delivers or releases Shares to the Optionee or his or her agent, which date shall not be later than three (3) business days following the date on which the Option is exercised, in the event of a cashless exercise via a third party in a manner that is compliant with applicable law) or (ii) notice in writing that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (b);
(c) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised (provided, however, that full payment is deemed made if the Company receives such payment no later than the date on which the Company must remit such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service in the event of a cashless exercise via a third party in a manner that is compliant with applicable law); (ii) notice in writing that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (c); or (iii) notice in writing to the Company at least 10 days prior to date of exercise that the Optionee elects to pay the withholding tax obligation with previously owned Shares and, subject to all applicable rules established by the Committee, the delivery (or deemed delivery, as allowed by the Committee) on or prior to the date of exercise of such Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the withholding amount;
(d) A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares of Common Stock are being acquired for his or her own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said Shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and
(e) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired on exercise of the Option does not violate the Act, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such Shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of the Option may bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the Shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such Shares.
6
Section 4.4. Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates
The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased (if certificated, or if not certificated, register the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(a) The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and
(b) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.
Section 4.5. Rights as Shareholder
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 of this Agreement, the holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the records of the Company as owned by such holder.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1. Administration
The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.
Section 5.2. Option Not Transferable
Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this
7
Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or other transfers authorized in limited circumstances by the Committee (or its designee).
Section 5.3. Notices
Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary or his or her designee, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him or her at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3. Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person; or, except for notice under Section 4.3 which must be received to be duly given, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier.
Section 5.4. Titles; Pronouns
Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.
Section 5.5. Applicability of Plan [and Management Stockholder’s Agreement ]
The Option and the Shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to an Option and Shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. [The Option and the Shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall not be subject to, and hereby are expressly exempted from, all of the terms and provisions of any Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company in existence on the Grant Date.]
Section 5.6. Amendment
This Agreement may only be amended pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
Section 5.7. Governing Law
The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
8
Section 5.8. Arbitration
In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Nashville, Tennessee metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.
Section 5.9. Clawback
As a condition of receiving the Option, the Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the Option shall be subject to any reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, as may be required by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any applicable national exchange, or by any other applicable law, rule or regulation or as set forth in a separate “clawback” or recoupment policy as may be adopted from time to time by the Board or the Committee.
Section 5.10 Signature in Counterparts
This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[Signatures on next pages]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
|
|
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar General Corporation |
|
|
100 Mission Ridge |
|
|
Goodlettsville, TN 37072 |
[Signature Page of Stock Option Award Agreement]
10
|
OPTIONEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
Employee ID: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page of Stock Option Award Agreement]
11
Schedule A to Stock Option Award Agreement
|
|
Grant Date : |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price (per Share) : |
$[ ] |
|
|
Option Grant : |
|
Aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock for which the Option granted hereunder is exercisable: |
[ ] |
12
Exhibit 10.13
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
PERFORMANCE SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made between Dollar General Corporation, a Tennessee corporation (hereinafter, together with all Service Recipients unless the context indicates otherwise, called the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is a Key Employee of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Grantee ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant the Grantee a performance share unit award as provided for hereunder, ultimately payable in shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.875 per Share (the “ Performance Share Unit Award ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (or a duly authorized subcommittee thereof) of the Company’s Board appointed to administer the Plan (the “ Committee ”) has determined that it would be to the advantage and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Performance Share Unit Award provided for herein to the Grantee, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said Performance Share Unit Award.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:
|
1. Grant of Performance Share Unit Award . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee a certain number of performance units (referred to as “ Performance Share Units ”) which the Grantee will have an opportunity to earn and vest in over Performance Periods (as defined below) of one year or up to three years if certain performance goal measures are met in accordance with Section 4 (with special transition performance goal measures described in Section 4(b)) and if additional service and payment requirements are met in accordance with Section 5. A Performance Share Unit represents the right to receive one Share of Common Stock upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Performance Share Unit shall be earned unless all applicable performance and service requirements are met. |
|
2. Target Number of Performance Share Units . The target number of Performance Share Units awarded is set forth on Schedule A hereto. At the end of the applicable Performance Period, and subject to additional service and payment requirements in Section 5, the Grantee can earn up to [300%] of the target number of Performance Share Units or as little as [no] Performance Share Units, depending upon actual performance compared to the performance goal measures established by the Committee. |
|
3. Performance Period . There are four periods during which the performance goal measures apply (each a “ Performance Period ”): a one-year performance period applies to the Adjusted EBITDA goal (the “ One-Year Goal ”) and three performance periods of varying lengths |
1
apply to the Average Adjusted ROIC goal (the “ Three-Year Goal ”) (with the Three-Year Goal broken down into three (3) separate Average Adjusted ROIC goals as described in Section 4(b)). The Performance Periods begin and end as set forth on Schedule A hereto. |
|
4. Performance Goal Measures . |
|
(a) The performance goal measures and the levels of performance for each of the performance goal measures that are required to earn Performance Share Units were established by the Committee on the Grant Date. In determining performance, [fifty percent (50%)] of the target number of Performance Share Units are subject to the One-Year Goal which is based on Adjusted EBITDA and the other [fifty percent (50%)] of the target number of Performance Share Units are subject to the Three-Year Goal (and subdivided into additional performance goal measures over additional Performance Periods as provided in Section 4(b)) which is based on Average Adjusted ROIC, each as defined below and as established by the Committee, for the applicable Performance Period, with the method for determining the number of Performance Share Units that can be earned (including the threshold, target and maximum number of Performance Share Units) set forth on Schedule A hereto, subject to additional service and payment requirements in Section 5. In allocating the Performance Share Units between the One-Year Goal and the Three-Year Goal, any remaining fractional share of Common Stock underlying the target number of Performance Share Units shall be allocated to the One-Year Goal. If the performance level for a performance goal measure is below the established threshold, no Performance Share Units shall be earned for the applicable Performance Period with respect to such performance goal measure. If the performance level for a performance goal measure is above the established maximum, no additional Performance Share Units shall be earned above the associated maximum payout level for the applicable Performance Period with respect to such performance goal measure. Within sixty (60) days following the end of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which the applicable performance goal measure has been met and the number of Performance Share Units earned (subject to the additional service and payment requirements in Section 5). If performance for the applicable performance goal measure is between the threshold and the target or between the target and the maximum, the performance level achieved will be determined by applying linear interpolation to the performance interval and then rounding to the nearest whole Performance Share Unit. The Performance Share Units are intended to be Performance-Based Awards under the Plan, and the provisions of Section 6(c)(ii) of the Plan shall apply. The Committee must certify the performance results for each of the performance goal measures following the end of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the number of Performance Share Units earned for a Performance Period in its assessment of performance in relation to the performance goal measures or in light of other considerations that the Committee deems relevant. Except as provided in Section 5(i) in the event of a Change in Control during the applicable Performance Period, any Performance Share Units that are not, based on the Committee’s determination, earned by performance during the applicable Performance Period, including Performance Share Units that had been potentially earnable by performance in excess of the actual performance levels achieved, shall be cancelled and forfeited as of the last day of the applicable Performance Period. |
|
(b) Special Transition Rules for Three-Year Goal . The [fifty percent (50%)] of the target number of Performance Share Units subject to the Three-Year Goal shall be broken down into three (3) parts with one-third (33 1/3%) in each of the three (3) years subject to its own performance goal measure and Performance Period (subject in all events to the additional service and payment requirements in Section 5). The three Performance Periods (“ Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 1, ” |
2
“ Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 2 ,” and “ Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 3 ”) vary in length and are defined on Schedule A , and the three performance goal measures are based on the average of Adjusted ROIC for each fiscal year within the applicable Performance Period (“ Average Adjusted ROIC 1, ” “ Average Adjusted ROIC 2 ,” and “ Average Adjusted ROIC 3 ”) which are defined in Section 4(c) below and described in more detail on Schedule A . In allocating one-third (33 1/3%) of the target number of Performance Share Units between the three (3) Performance Periods as described in the prior sentence, any remaining fractional share of Common Stock underlying the applicable target number of Performance Share Units shall be allocated to the Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 1. All of the provisions of Section 4(a) shall apply to the calculation and payment of the Performance Share Units attributable to the applicable Performance Periods described in this Section 4(b). |
|
(c) The following terms have the following meaning for purposes hereof: |
(i) “ Adjusted EBITDA ” shall be computed as income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles plus interest and other financing costs, net, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but shall exclude the impact of (a) any costs, fees and expenses directly related to the consideration, negotiation, preparation, or consummation of any asset sale, merger or other transaction that results in a Change in Control (within the meaning of the Plan) of the Company or any offering of Company common stock or other security; (b) disaster-related charges; (c) any gains or losses associated with the Company’s LIFO computation; and (d) unless the Committee disallows any such item, (i) any unbudgeted loss as a result of the resolution of a legal matter or (ii) any unplanned loss(es), net of related unplanned gains, of a non-recurring nature, provided that in the case of each of (i) and (ii) such amount equals or exceeds $1 million for a single loss or net loss, as applicable, and $10 million in the aggregate.
(ii) “ Adjusted ROIC ” shall mean during each fiscal year within the applicable Performance Period (a) the result of (x) the sum of (i) the Company’s operating income, plus (ii) depreciation and amortization, plus (iii) minimum rentals for [2017 and 2018] and single lease cost for [2019], minus (y) taxes, divided by (b) the result of (x) the sum of the averages of: (i) total assets, excluding any assets associated with the adoption of new lease accounting standards in [2019], plus (ii) accumulated depreciation and amortization, minus (y) (i) cash, minus (ii) goodwill, minus (iii) accounts payable, minus (iv) other payables, minus (v) accrued liabilities, plus (vi) 8x minimum rentals for [2017 and 2018] and 8x single lease cost for [2019] (with all of the foregoing terms as determined per the Company’s financial statements for each fiscal year within the applicable Performance Period), but shall exclude the impact of (a) any costs, fees and expenses directly related to the consideration, negotiation, preparation, or consummation of any asset sale, merger or other transaction that results in a Change in Control (within the meaning of the Plan) of the Company or any offering of Company common stock or other security; (b) disaster-related charges; (c) any gains or losses associated with the Company’s LIFO computation; (d) in [2019], impacts related to change to lease accounting rules; and (e) unless the Committee disallows any such item, (i) any unbudgeted loss as a result of the resolution of a legal matter or (ii) any unplanned loss(es), net of related unplanned gains, of a non-recurring nature, provided that in the case of each of (i) and (ii) such amount equals or exceeds [$1 million] for a single loss or net loss, as applicable, and [$10 million] in the aggregate.
3
(iii) “ Average Adjusted ROIC 1 ” shall mean the Adjusted ROIC for the Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 1.
(iv) “ Average Adjusted ROIC 2 ” shall mean the average of the Adjusted ROIC for the two fiscal years in the Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 2.
(v) “ Average Adjusted ROIC 3 ” shall mean the average of the Adjusted ROIC for the three fiscal years in the Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 3.
|
5. Vesting and Payment . |
|
(a) Except as provided otherwise in Sections 5(b), 5(c) and 5(i) below and subject to the attainment of the applicable performance goal measures and the required certification as provided in Section 4, the Performance Share Units shall become vested in accordance with the vesting table set forth on Schedule A hereto on the dates listed in the first column of such table (each a “ Vesting Date ”), provided the Grantee remains continuously employed through the applicable Vesting Date. Once vested, the Performance Share Units shall be paid as provided in Section 5(d) or 5(i), subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 5(c) below. To the extent the application of the above vesting schedule results in the vesting of fractional shares, the fractional shares shall be combined and vest on the earliest Vesting Date. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to a Vesting Date and neither Section 5(b), nor 5(i) applies or has applied, then any unvested Performance Share Units at the date of such termination of employment shall be automatically forfeited to the Company and cancelled. |
|
(b) Accelerated Vesting Events . |
(i) Performance Share Units Subject to One-Year Goal : T o the extent Performance Share Units subject to the One-Year Goal have not previously terminated, been forfeited or become vested and nonforfeitable, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5(i), (A) in the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated before the last day of the applicable Performance Period because of the Grantee’s Retirement (as defined below) or the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled (as defined below) before the last day of such Performance Period, then a Pro-Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Performance Share Units (rounded to the nearest whole share) that would have vested on the first Vesting Date shall become vested and nonforfeitable as of the first Vesting Date (subject to all applicable performance and certification requirements in Section 4) and all remaining Performance Share Units subject to the One-Year Goal shall be automatically forfeited to the Company and cancelled, (B) in the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated on or after the last day of the Performance Period but before a subsequent Vesting Date due to the Grantee’s Retirement, then that one-third (33 1/3%) of the Performance Share Units that would have become vested and nonforfeitable on the next Vesting Date if the Grantee had remained employed through such date (subject to all applicable performance and certification requirements in Section 4) shall become vested and nonforfeitable upon such Retirement, provided, however , that, if the Grantee retires on a Vesting Date, no accelerated vesting shall occur but rather the Grantee shall be entitled only to the portion of the Performance Share Units that were scheduled to vest on such Vesting Date and all remaining Performance Share Units subject to the One-Year Goal shall be automatically forfeited to the Company and cancelled; and (C) in the event the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled on or after the last day of the Performance Period but before a subsequent Vesting Date, then all remaining unvested Performance Share Units that would have become vested and nonforfeitable if the Grantee had remained employed through all future Vesting Dates shall become vested and
4
nonforfeitable (subject to all applicable performance and certification requirements in Section 4) upon such death or Disability.
(ii) Performance Share Units Subject to Three-Year Goal : T o the extent Performance Share Units subject to the Three-Year Goal have not previously terminated, been forfeited or become vested and nonforfeitable, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5(i), in the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated because of the Grantee’s Retirement or the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled before the last day of any applicable Adjusted ROIC Performance Period, then a Pro-Rata Portion of such Performance Share Units (rounded to the nearest whole share) that would have vested on the applicable Vesting Date for any such not yet completed Adjusted ROIC Performance Period shall become vested and nonforfeitable as of the applicable Vesting Date (subject to all applicable performance and certification requirements in Section 4) and all remaining Performance Share Units subject to the Three-Year Goal shall be automatically forfeited to the Company and cancelled. T o the extent Performance Share Units subject to the Three-Year Goal have not previously terminated, been forfeited or become vested and nonforfeitable, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5(i), in the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated because of the Grantee’s Retirement or the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled on or after the last day of an applicable Adjusted ROIC Performance Period but before the Vesting Date for such Adjusted ROIC Performance Period, then such Performance Share Units (rounded to the nearest whole share) that would have vested on the Vesting Date for such Adjusted ROIC Performance Period shall become vested and nonforfeitable (subject to all applicable performance and certification requirements in Section 4) upon such Retirement, death or Disability.
(iii) For purposes of Section 5(b), a “Pro-Rata Portion” is determined by a fraction (not to exceed one), the numerator of which is the number of months in the applicable Performance Period during which the Grantee was continuously in the employment of the Company and the denominator of which is the number of months in the applicable Performance Period. The Grantee will be deemed to be employed for a month if the Grantee’s Retirement, death or Disability occurs after the fifteenth (15 th ) day of a month.
(iv) Accelerated vesting under Section 5(b) shall not accelerate the time of payment of the Performance Share Units.
|
(c) Termination With Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause prior to the satisfaction of all applicable performance, service and payment requirements, all Performance Share Units shall be forfeited and cancelled on the date of such termination of employment and the Grantee shall have no rights under this Agreement. |
|
(d) Payment of Performance Share Units . Except as provided otherwise in Section 5(i) (related to a Change in Control), once earned and vested in accordance with Section 4 and Section 5(a) or 5(b), as applicable, the Performance Share Units shall be paid on the Vesting Dates as provided in Section 5(a) and the vesting table set forth on Schedule A hereto. Such payment dates, as well as the special earlier accelerated payment date due to a Qualifying Termination as provided in Section 5(i), are each referred to individually as a “ Payment Date ”. |
5
|
(e) Transfers and Reemployment . For purposes of this Agreement, transfer of employment among the Company and another Service Recipient shall not be considered a termination or interruption of employment. Upon reemployment following a termination of employment for any reason, the Grantee shall have no rights to any Performance Share Units previously forfeited and cancelled under this Agreement. |
|
(f) Retirement . For purposes of this Agreement, Retirement shall mean the voluntary termination of the Grantee’s employment with the Company on or after (i) reaching the minimum age of sixty-two (62) and (ii) achieving five (5) consecutive years of service; provided, however, that (x) the sum of the Grantee’s age plus years of service (counting whole years only) must equal at least seventy (70); (y) there is no basis for the Company to terminate the Grantee with Cause at the time of the Grantee’s voluntary termination; and (z) the termination also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. |
|
(g) Disability or Disabled . For the purposes of this Agreement, Disability or Disabled shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4). The Grantee will be deemed disabled if the Grantee is determined to be disabled under the Company’s long-term disability plan, provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such plan complies with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4). |
|
(h) Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall mean (i) “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (ii) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Cause” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Grantee and the Company that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (iii) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, with respect to the Grantee: (A) any act of the Grantee involving fraud or dishonesty, or any willful failure to perform reasonable duties assigned to the Grantee which failure is not cured within 10 business days after receipt from the Company of written notice of such failure; (B) any material breach by the Grantee of any securities or other law or regulation or any Company policy governing trading or dealing with stock, securities, investments or the like, or any inappropriate disclosure or “tipping” relating to any stock, securities, investments or the like; (C) other than as required by law, the carrying out by the Grantee of any activity, or the Grantee making any public statement, which prejudices or ridicules the good name and standing of the Company or its Affiliates or would bring such persons into public contempt or ridicule; (D) attendance by the Grantee at work in a state of intoxication or the Grantee otherwise being found in possession at the Grantee’s place of work of any prohibited drug or substance, possession of which would amount to a criminal offense; (E) any assault or other act of violence by the Grantee; or (F) the Grantee being indicted for any crime constituting (I) any felony whatsoever or (II) any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under the Company’s hiring policy. |
|
(i) Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, in the event of a Change in Control, vesting and payment of the Performance Share Units that have not previously become vested and nonforfeitable and paid, or have not previously been forfeited, under Section 4, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c) or 5(d) shall be determined under this Section 5(i) as follows: |
|
(i) In the event a Change in Control occurs on or before the end of the applicable Performance Period and provided the Grantee is continuously employed until the Change in Control, the target number of the applicable Performance Share Units shall be deemed |
6
earned but otherwise continue to be subject to the service and payment provisions, including applicable proration requirements, that apply under Section 5(a), 5(b), 5(c) and 5(d) unless the Grantee experiences a Qualifying Termination. If the Grantee experiences a Qualifying Termination, all of the applicable Performance Share Units deemed earned per the preceding sentence and not previously vested and paid or previously forfeited, shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable and shall be paid on the date of such Qualifying Termination, subject to a six-month delay, if applicable, as provided under Section 10(c) of the Plan. |
(ii) In the event a Change in Control occurs following the end of the applicable Performance Period and provided the Grantee is continuously employed until the Change in Control, all of the applicable Performance Share Units previously earned based on the Committee’s determination of performance in accordance with Section 4 shall continue to be subject to the service and payment requirements that apply under Section 5(a), 5(b), 5(c) and 5(d) unless the Grantee experiences a Qualifying Termination. If the Grantee experiences a Qualifying Termination, all of the applicable Performance Share Units previously earned based on the Committee’s determination of performance in accordance with Section 4 and not previously vested and paid or previously forfeited, shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable and shall be paid on the date of such Qualifying Termination, subject to a six-month delay, if applicable, as provided under Section 10(c) of the Plan.
(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Grantee only if an event relating to the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
|
(j) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean (A) a material diminution in the Grantee’s base salary unless such action is in connection with across-the-board base salary reductions affecting one-hundred percent (100%) of employees at the same grade level; or (B) a material diminution in the Grantee’s authority, duties or responsibilities. To qualify as a termination due to Good Reason under this Agreement, the Grantee must have provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such grounds and must have given the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to cure the condition constituting Good Reason. Such termination of employment must have become effective no later than one (1) year after the initial existence of the condition constituting Good Reason. |
|
(k) Qualifying Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, Qualifying Termination shall mean the Grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated involuntarily by the Company other than with Cause or is terminated voluntarily by the Grantee for Good Reason or due to Retirement other than when Cause exists, in each case provided (A) the termination of employment occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control and (B) the termination of employment also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. In no event shall a Qualifying Termination include the death, Disability or any other termination of or by the Grantee not specifically covered by the preceding sentence. |
7
|
(l) Delivery of Shares . Shares of Common Stock corresponding to the number of Performance Share Units that have been earned and become vested and nonforfeitable (“ Performance Shares ”) shall be paid to the Grantee, or, if deceased, to the Grantee’s estate, in settlement of the Performance Share Units on the Payment Dates provided in Sections 5(d) and 5(i). Payment only may be delayed by the Company in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code although no interest shall be payable in the event there is a delay for any reason. Such payment shall be accomplished either by delivering a share certificate or by providing evidence of electronic delivery, and the Performance Shares shall be registered in the name of the Grantee or, if deceased, the Grantee’s estate. The Performance Shares may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. In determining the number of Performance Shares to be withheld for taxes as provided in Section 10, the value of the Performance Shares shall be based upon the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of payment. If a Payment Date falls on a weekend, holiday or other non-trading day, the value of any Performance Shares payable on such Payment Date shall be determined based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the most recent prior trading date. |
|
6. No Dividend Equivalents . The Grantee shall have no right to dividend equivalents or dividends on the Performance Share Units. |
|
7. Transferability . Neither the Performance Shares prior to delivery pursuant to Section 5 nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Grantee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 7 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. |
|
8. No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Grantee’s employment agreement with the Company or offer letter provided by the Company to the Grantee. |
|
9. Change in Capitalization; Change in Control . If any event described in Section 8 or 9 of the Plan occurs, this Agreement and the Performance Shares shall be adjusted to the extent required or permitted, as applicable, pursuant to Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan. |
|
10. Taxes . The Grantee shall have full responsibility, and the Company shall have no responsibility (except as to applicable tax withholdings), for satisfying any liability for any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be paid with respect to the Performance Shares. The Grantee is hereby advised to seek his or her own tax counsel regarding the taxation of the Performance Shares hereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee (in compliance with Section 409A of the Code), on the applicable Payment Date, the Company shall withhold from any Performance Shares deliverable in payment of the Performance Share Units the number of Performance Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount of income and employment taxes required to be withheld under applicable laws and regulations, and pay the amount of such withholding taxes in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Unless otherwise determined |
8
by the Committee (in compliance with Section 409A of the Code), if vesting occurs prior to payment and applicable law requires the payment of employment taxes at such time, then the Company shall withhold from the Performance Share Units at vesting the number of Performance Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount of income and employment taxes required to be withheld under applicable law and regulations, in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and pay the amount of such withholding taxes in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. With regard to withholding on the Payment Date (but not at the time of vesting), any fractional shares resulting from the payment of the withholding amounts shall be liquidated and paid in cash to the U.S. Treasury as additional federal income tax withholding for the Grantee. With regard to withholding at the time of vesting, only full shares (determined by rounding down to the next full share) shall be liquidated and paid in cash to the U.S. Treasury and any additional amounts due for tax withholding shall be paid by the Grantee. Grantee shall be responsible for any withholding taxes not satisfied by means of such mandatory withholding and for all taxes in excess of such withholding taxes that may be due upon vesting of the Performance Share Units. |
|
11. Limitation on Obligations . This Performance Share Unit Award shall not be secured by any specific assets of the Company, nor shall any assets of the Company be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not be liable to the Grantee for damages relating to any delays in issuing the share certificates or electronic delivery thereof to him or her (or his or her designated entities), any loss of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance or registration of the certificates or in the certificates themselves. |
|
12. Securities Laws . The Company may require the Grantee to make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws. The Performance Share Units and Performance Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals of any governmental agencies as may be required. |
|
13. Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary or his or her designee, and any notice to be given to the Grantee shall be addressed to the Grantee at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 13, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her. Any notice that is required to be given to the Grantee shall, if the Grantee is then deceased, be given to the Grantee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his or her status and address by written notice under this Section 13. Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when delivered by hand or courier or when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service. |
|
14. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws. |
|
15. Section 409A of the Code . The provisions of Section 10(c) of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable to the Grantee in the event this Agreement fails to be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code. |
9
|
16. Arbitration . In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Nashville, Tennessee metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator. |
|
17. Clawback . As a condition of receiving the Performance Share Units, the Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Grantee’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the Performance Share Units shall be subject to any reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, as may be required by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any applicable national exchange, or by any other applicable law, rule or regulation, or as set forth in a separate “clawback” or recoupment policy as may be adopted from time to time by the Board or the Committee. |
|
18. Applicability of Plan . The Performance Share Units and the Performance Shares issued to the Grantee upon payment of the Performance Share Units shall be subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to performance share units and Shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. |
|
19. Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be modified in any manner consistent with Section 10 of the Plan. |
|
20. Administration . The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Grantee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Performance Share Unit Award. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement. |
|
21. Rights as Shareholder . The holder of a Performance Share Unit Award shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Performance Shares issuable upon the payment of a vested Performance Share Unit unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such Performance Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder or, if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, a book entry representing such Performance Shares has been made by the registrar of the Company. |
|
22. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. |
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
|
|
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRANTEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
Schedule A to Performance Share Unit Award Agreement
|
|
|
|
||
Grant Date : |
[ ] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
Target Number of Performance Share Units Awarded : |
[ ] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
Performance Period : |
For One-Year Goal : Begins on [1 st day of applicable fiscal year] and ends on [last day of applicable fiscal year].
|
||||
|
For Three-Year Goal : XXXX |
||||
|
Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 1 : Begins on [1 st day of Period 1 fiscal year] and ends on [last day of Period 1 fiscal year].
Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 2 : Begins on [1 st day of Period 1 fiscal year] and ends on [last day of Period 2 fiscal year].
|
||||
|
Adjusted ROIC Performance Period 3 : Begins on [1 st day of Period 1 fiscal year] and ends on [last day of Period 3 fiscal year].
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Threshold, Target and Maximum Calculation Chart : See attached Exhibit 1
Vesting Table :
|
|
|
Vesting Date |
PSUs Subject to Adjusted EBITDA Goal/ Percentage Vested |
PSUs Subject to Adjusted ROIC Goals/ Percentage Vested |
|
|
|
April 1, [ ] |
33 1/3% |
33 1/3% |
April 1, [ ] |
33 1/3% |
33 1/3% |
April 1, [ ] |
33 1/3% |
33 1/3% |
12
Exhibit 1 to Schedule A to Performance Share Unit Award Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ ] Performance Share Unit Matrix - Adjusted EBITDA |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA Based Shares |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Performance Level |
Adjusted EBITDA Result ($000) |
Adjusted EBITDA
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
|
|
Threshold |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Target |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Interpolate between all Adjusted EBITDA results and award levels |
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
[ ] Performance Share Unit Matrix – Adjusted ROIC |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average Adjusted ROIC 1 |
|
Average Adjusted ROIC 2 |
|
Average Adjusted ROIC 3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Level |
Adjusted
ROIC
|
Adjusted
ROIC
|
Adjusted ROIC
|
|
Performance Level |
Adjusted ROIC Result |
Adjusted ROIC
|
Adjusted ROIC
|
|
Performance Level |
Adjusted ROIC Result |
Adjusted ROIC
|
Adjusted ROIC
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Threshold |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Threshold |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Threshold |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Target |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Target |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Target |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Maximum |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|
Maximum |
[ ] |
[ ] |
[ ] |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
Exhibit 10.16
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made between Dollar General Corporation, a Tennessee corporation (hereinafter, together with all Service Recipients unless the context indicates otherwise, called the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Grantee ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant the Grantee a restricted stock unit award as provided for hereunder, ultimately payable in shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.875 per Share (the “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (or a duly authorized subcommittee thereof) of the Company’s Board appointed to administer the Plan (the “ Committee ”) has determined that it would be to the advantage and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Restricted Stock Unit Award provided for herein to the Grantee, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said Award;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant of the Restricted Stock Unit . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth on Schedule A hereto. A “ Restricted Stock Unit ” represents the right to receive one Share of Common Stock upon satisfaction of the vesting and other conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest and become nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 2 hereof.
(a) Vesting Date and Forfeiture . The Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and nonforfeitable in three equal installments on April 1 of the three (3) fiscal years following the fiscal year in which the Grant Date occurs, as set forth on Schedule A hereto (each such date, a “ Vesting Date ”), so long as the Grantee continues to be an employee of the Company through each such Vesting Date. To the extent the application of this vesting schedule results in the vesting of fractional shares, the fractional shares shall be combined and vest on the earliest Vesting Date. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to a Vesting Date and Section 2(b) does not apply or has not applied, or to the extent Section 2(b) cannot apply, then any unvested Restricted Stock Units at the date of such termination of employment shall be automatically forfeited to the Company.
1
(b) Accelerated Vesting Events . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously terminated, been forfeited or become vested and nonforfeitable, (i) if the Grantee terminates his employment with the Company due to the Grantee’s Retirement (as defined below), then that one-third of the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested and nonforfeitable on the next immediately following Vesting Date if the Grantee had remained employed through such date shall become vested and nonforfeitable upon such Retirement, provided, however , that, if the Grantee retires on a Vesting Date, no accelerated vesting shall occur but rather Grantee shall be entitled only to the portion of the Restricted Stock Units that were scheduled to vest on such Vesting Date; and (ii) in the event of the Grantee’s death or Disability (as defined below) while employed with the Company, one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and nonforfeitable upon such death or Disability; and (iii) in the event of the Grantee’s Qualifying Termination, one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the date of the Qualifying Termination.
(c) Transfer and Reemployment . For purposes of this Agreement, transfer of employment among the Company and another Service Recipient shall not be considered a termination or interruption of employment. Upon reemployment following a termination of employment for any reason, the Grantee shall have no rights to any Restricted Stock Units previously forfeited and cancelled under this Agreement.
(d) Retirement . For purposes of this Agreement, Retirement shall mean the voluntary termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company on or after (i) reaching the minimum age of sixty-two (62) and (ii) achieving five (5) consecutive years of service; provided, however , that (i) the sum of the Grantee’s age plus years of service (counting whole years only) must equal at least seventy (70); (ii) there is no basis for the Company to terminate the Grantee with Cause at the time of Grantee’s voluntary termination; and (iii) the termination also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
(e) Disability . For the purposes of this Agreement, Disability shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4). A Grantee will be deemed disabled if the Grantee is determined to be disabled under the Company’s long term disability plan, provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such plan complies with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) .
(f) Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall mean (i) “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (ii) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Cause” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Grantee and the Company that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (iii) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, with respect to a Grantee: (A) any act of the Grantee involving fraud or dishonesty, or any willful failure to perform reasonable duties assigned to the Grantee which failure is not cured within 10 business days after receipt from the Company of written notice of such failure; (B) any material breach by the Grantee of any securities or other law or regulation or any Company policy governing trading or dealing with stock, securities, investments or the like, or any inappropriate disclosure or “tipping” relating to any stock, securities, investments or the like; (C) other than as required by law, the carrying out by the Grantee of any activity, or the Grantee making any public statement, which prejudices or ridicules the good name and standing of the Company or its Affiliates or would bring such persons into public contempt or ridicule; (D) attendance by the Grantee at work in a state of intoxication or the Grantee otherwise
2
being found in possession at the Grantee’s place of work of any prohibited drug or substance, possession of which would amount to a criminal offense; (E) any assault or other act of violence by the Grantee; or (F) the Grantee being indicted for any crime constituting (I) any felony whatsoever or (II) any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under the Company’s hiring policy.
(g) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Grantee only if an event relating to the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
(h) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Grantee's base salary unless such action is in connection with across-the-board base salary reductions affecting 100 percent of employees at the same grade level; or (ii) a material diminution in the Grantee's authority, duties or responsibilities. To qualify as a termination due to Good Reason under this Agreement, the Grantee must have provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such grounds and must have given the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to cure the condition constituting Good Reason. Such termination of employment must have become effective no later than one year after the initial existence of the condition constituting Good Reason.
(i) Qualifying Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, Qualifying Termination shall mean the Grantee’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than with Cause or terminated by the Grantee for Good Reason other than when Cause to terminate exists, in each case provided (A) the termination of employment occurs within two years following a Change in Control and (B) the termination of employment also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. In no event shall a Qualifying Termination include the Retirement, death, Disability or any other termination not specifically covered by the preceding sentence.
(a) Payment and Delivery . Shares of Common Stock corresponding to the number of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 2 (“ RSU Shares ”) shall be paid to the Grantee, or, if deceased, the Grantee’s estate, either through delivery of a share certificate or by providing evidence of electronic delivery, and such RSU Shares shall be registered in the name of the Grantee or, if deceased, the Grantee’s estate. The RSU Shares shall be paid on the Vesting Date unless vesting is accelerated under Section 2(b) prior to such Vesting Date. In the event vesting is accelerated under Section 2(b), the RSU Shares shall be paid as follows (based on the first to occur of Retirement, Qualifying Termination, death or Disability but only if such accelerated payment timing results in payment before the applicable Vesting Date): (i) six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of employment due to Retirement or Qualifying Termination; or (ii) within ninety ( 90 ) days following the date of the Grantee’s death or Disability. If the Grantee dies prior to payment under Section 3(a)(i), payment of the RSU Shares shall occur upon the earlier of (A) ninety ( 90 ) days following the date of the Grantee’s death , or (B) the payment time under Section 3(a)(i) .
3
(b) Authorized Shares . The RSU Shares may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
4. No Dividend Equivalents . The Grantee shall have no right to dividend equivalents or dividends on the Restricted Stock Units.
5. Transferability . Neither the Restricted Stock Units prior to becoming vested pursuant to Section 2 nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Grantee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however , that this Section 5 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.
6. No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Grantee’s employment agreement with the Company or offer letter provided by the Company to the Grantee.
7. Change in Capitalization; Change in Control . If any event described in Section 8 or 9 of the Plan occurs, this Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units shall be adjusted to the extent required or permitted, as applicable, pursuant to Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan.
8. Mandatory Tax Withholding . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, at the time of payment of the RSU Shares, the Company shall withhold from any RSU Shares deliverable in payment of the Restricted Stock Units the number of RSU Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount of income and employment taxes required to be withheld under applicable laws and regulations, and pay the amount of such withholding taxes in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if vesting occurs prior to payment and applicable law requires the payment of employment taxes at such time, then the Company shall withhold from the Restricted Stock Units, the number of RSU Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount of income and employment taxes required to be withheld under applicable law and regulations, in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and pay the amount of such withholding taxes in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. With regard to withholding at the time of payment (but not vesting), any fractional shares resulting from the payment of the withholding amounts shall be liquidated and paid in cash to the U.S. Treasury as additional federal income tax withholding for the Grantee. With regard to withholding at the time of vesting, only full shares (determined by rounding down to the next full share) shall be liquidated and paid in cash to the U.S. Treasury and any additional amounts due for tax withholding shall be paid by the Grantee. Grantee shall be responsible for any withholding taxes not satisfied by means of such mandatory withholding and for all taxes in excess of such withholding taxes that may be due upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.
9. Limitation on Obligations . This Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be secured by any specific assets of the Company, nor shall any assets of the Company be designated as
4
attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not be liable to the Grantee for damages relating to any delays in issuing the share certificates or electronic delivery thereof to him (or his designated entities), any loss of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance or registration of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.
10. Securities Laws . The Company may require the Grantee to make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws. The Restricted Stock Units and RSU Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals of any governmental agencies as may be required.
11. Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary or his or her designee, and any notice to be given to the Grantee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 11, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice that is required to be given to the Grantee shall, if the Grantee is then deceased, be given to the Grantee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 11. Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when delivered by hand or courier or when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
12. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
13. Section 409A of the Code . The provisions of Section 10(c) of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable to the Grantee in the event this Agreement or any payment or benefit hereunder fails to be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code.
14. Arbitration . In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Nashville, Tennessee metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.
15. Clawback . As a condition of receiving the Restricted Stock Units, the Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Grantee’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to any reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, as may be required by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any applicable national exchange, or by any other applicable law, rule or regulation or as set forth in a separate “clawback” or recoupment policy as may be adopted from time to time by the Board or the Committee.
5
16. Applicability of Plan . The Restricted Stock Units and the RSU Shares issued to the Grantee upon payment of the Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to restricted stock units and Shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.
17. Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be modified in any manner consistent with Section 10 of the Plan.
18. Administration . The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Grantee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.
19. Rights as Shareholder . The holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any RSU Shares issuable upon the payment of a vested Restricted Stock Unit unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such RSU Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder or, if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, a book entry representing such RSU Shares has been made by the registrar of the Company.
20. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
|
|
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
GRANTEE |
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
Employee ID: |
|
|
|
|
|
HOME ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
Schedule A to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
Grant Date: |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
Number of Restricted Stock Units Awarded: |
[ ] |
Vesting Dates: |
|
Percentage |
Date |
33 1/3 |
April 1, [insert year] |
33 1/3 |
April 1, [insert year] |
33 1/3 |
April 1, [insert year] |
8
Exhibit 10.48
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective June 1, 2015 (“Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), and Michael J. Kindy (“Employee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , Company desires to employ Employee upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, and Employee desires to accept such employment;
NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
|
1. Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ Employee as Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain of the Company. |
|
2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall end March 31, 2018 (“Term”), unless otherwise terminated pursuant to Sections 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 hereof. The Term shall be automatically extended from month to month, for up to six (6) months, unless the Company gives written notice to Employee at least one month prior to the expiration of the original or any extended Term that no extension or further extension, as applicable, will occur or unless the Company replaces this Agreement with a new agreement or, in writing, extends or renews the Term of this Agreement for a period that is longer than six months from the expiration of the original Term. Unless otherwise noted, all references to the “Term” shall be deemed to refer to the original Term and any extension or renewal thereof. |
|
3. Position, Duties and Administrative Support . |
|
a. Position . Employee shall perform the duties of the position noted in Section 1 above and shall perform such other duties and responsibilities as Employee’s supervisor or the Company’s CEO may reasonably direct. |
|
b. Full-Time Efforts . Employee shall perform and discharge faithfully and diligently such duties and responsibilities and shall devote Employee’s full-time efforts to the business and affairs of Company. Employee agrees to promote the best interests of the Company and to take no action that is likely to damage the public image or reputation of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates. |
|
c. Administrative Support . Employee shall be provided with office space and administrative support. |
|
d. No Interference With Duties . Employee shall not devote time to other activities which would inhibit or otherwise interfere with the proper performance of Employee’s duties and shall not be directly or indirectly concerned or interested in any other business occupation, activity or interest other than by reason of holding a non-controlling interest as a shareholder, securities holder or debenture holder in a corporation quoted on a nationally recognized exchange (subject to any limitations in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics). Employee may not serve as a member of a board of directors of a for-profit company, other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, without the express approval of the CEO and, if required pursuant to Company policy, the Board (or an authorized Board committee). Under no circumstances may Employee serve on more than one other board of a for-profit company. |
|
4. Work Standard . Employee agrees to comply with all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as well as all applicable Company work policies, procedures and rules. Employee also agrees to comply with all federal, state and local statutes, regulations and public ordinances governing Employee’s performance hereunder. |
|
5. Compensation . |
|
a. Base Salary . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall pay Employee, and Employee shall accept, an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) of no less than Three Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($325,000.00). The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with Company’s normal payroll practices (but no less frequently than monthly) and may be increased from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company. |
|
b. Incentive Bonus . Employee’s incentive compensation for the Term of this Agreement shall be determined under the Company’s annual bonus program for officers at Employee’s grade level, as it may be amended from time to time. The actual bonus paid pursuant to this Section 5(b), if any, shall be based on criteria established by the Board, its Compensation Committee and/or the CEO, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the annual bonus program for officers. Any bonus payments due hereunder shall be payable to the Employee no later than 2 1/2 months after the end of the Company’s taxable |
2
|
c. Vacation . Employee shall be entitled to four weeks paid vacation time within the first year of employment. Vacation time is granted on the anniversary of Employee’s hire date each year. Any available but unused vacation as of the annual anniversary of employment date or at Employee’s termination date shall be forfeited. |
|
e. Perquisites . Employee shall be entitled to receive such other executive perquisites, fringe and other benefits as are provided to officers at the same grade level under any of the Company’s plans and/or programs in effect from time to time. |
|
6. Cooperation . Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company in the investigation, review, audit, or assessment, whether internal or external, of any matters involving Dollar General as well as the defense or prosecution of any claims or other causes of action made against or on behalf of the Company, including any claims or actions against its affiliates, officers, directors and employees. Employee’s cooperation in connection with such matters includes, without limitation, being available (upon reasonable notice and without unreasonably interfering with his/her other professional obligations) to meet with the Company and its legal or other designated advisors regarding any matters in which Employee has been involved; to prepare for any proceeding (including, without limitation, depositions, consultation, discovery or trial); to provide truthful affidavits; to assist with any audit, inspection, proceeding or other inquiry; and to act as a witness to provide truthful testimony in connection with any legal proceeding affecting the Company. Employee further agrees that if Employee is contacted by any person or entity regarding matters Employee knows or reasonably should know to be adverse to the Company, Employee shall promptly (within 48 hours) notify the Company in writing by sending such notification to the General Counsel, Dollar General Corporation, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, Tennessee 37072; facsimile (615) 855-5517. The Company agrees to reimburse Employee for any reasonable documented expenses incurred in providing such cooperation. |
3
|
7. Benefits . During the Term, Employee (and, where applicable, Employee’s eligible dependents) shall be eligible to participate in those various Company welfare benefit plans, practices and policies in place during the Term (including, without limitation, medical, pharmacy, dental, vision, disability, employee life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and other programs, if any) to the extent allowed under and in accordance with the terms of those plans. In addition, Employee shall be eligible to participate, pursuant to their terms, in any other benefit plans offered by the Company to similarly-situated officers or other employees from time to time during the Term (excluding plans applicable solely to certain officers of the Company in accordance with the express terms of such plans). Collectively the plans and arrangements described in this Section 7, as they may be amended or modified in accordance with their terms, are hereinafter referred to as the “Benefits Plans.” Notwithstanding the above, Employee understands and acknowledges that Employee is not eligible for benefits under any other severance plan, program, or policy maintained by the Company, if any exists, and that the only severance benefits Employee is entitled to are set forth in this Agreement. |
|
8. Termination for Cause . This Agreement is not intended to change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment with Company, and it may be terminated at any time by either party, with or without cause. If this Agreement and Employee’s employment are terminated by Company for “Cause” (Termination for Cause) as that term is defined below, it will be without any liability owing to Employee or Employee’s dependents and beneficiaries under this Agreement (recognizing, however, that benefits covered by or owed under any other plan or agreement covering Employee shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement). Any one of the following conditions or Employee conduct shall constitute “Cause”: |
|
a. Any act involving fraud or dishonesty, or any material act of misconduct relating to Employee’s performance of his or her duties; |
|
b. Any material breach of any SEC or other law or regulation or any Company policy governing trading or dealing with stocks, securities, public debt instruments, bonds, or investments and the like or with inappropriate disclosure or “tipping” relating to any stock, security, public debt instrument, bond or investment; |
c. Any material violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (or the equivalent code in place at the time);
4
d. Other than as required by law, the carrying out of any activity or the making of any public statement which prejudices or reduces the good name and standing of Company or any of its affiliates or would bring any one of these into public contempt or ridicule;
e. Attendance at work in a state of intoxication or being found with any drug or substance, possession of which would amount to a criminal offense;
f. Assault or other act of violence;
g. Conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to any felony whatsoever or any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under the Company’s hiring policy; or
|
h. Willful or repeated refusal or failure substantially to perform Employee’s material obligations and duties hereunder or those reasonably directed by Employee’s supervisor, the CEO and/or the Board (except in connection with a Disability). |
A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given Employee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given Employee ten days to respond.
|
9. Termination upon Death . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon Employee’s death, and the Company shall have no further liability to Employee or Employee’s dependents and beneficiaries under this Agreement, except for those benefits owed under any other plan or agreement covering Employee which shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement. |
|
10. Disability . If a Disability (as defined below) of Employee occurs during the Term, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Company may notify Employee of the Company’s intention to terminate Employee’s employment. In that event, employment shall terminate effective on the termination date provided in such notice of termination (the “Disability Effective Date”), and this Agreement shall terminate without further liability to Employee, Employee’s dependents and beneficiaries, except for those benefits owed under any other plan or agreement covering Employee which shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement. In this Agreement, “Disability” means: |
|
a. A long-term disability, as defined in the Company’s applicable long-term disability plan as then in effect, if any; or |
5
|
b. Employee’s inability to perform the duties under this Agreement in accordance with the Company’s expectations because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that (i) can reasonably be expected to result in death or (ii) has lasted or can reasonably be expected to last longer than ninety (90) consecutive days. Under this Section 10(b), unless otherwise required by law, the existence of a Disability shall be determined by the Company, only upon receipt of a written medical opinion from a qualified physician selected by or acceptable to the Company. In this circumstance, to the extent permitted by law, Employee shall, if reasonably requested by the Company, submit to a physical examination by that qualified physician. Nothing in this Section 10(b) is intended to nor shall it be deemed to broaden or modify the definition of “disability” in the Company’s long-term disability plan. |
|
11. Employee’s Termination of Employment . |
|
a. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Employee may terminate employment and this Agreement at any time, for no reason, with thirty (30) days written notice to Company (and in the event that Employee is providing notice of termination for Good Reason, Employee must provide such notice within 30 days after the event purported to give rise to Employee’s claim for Good Reason first occurs). In such event, Employee shall not be entitled to those payments and benefits listed in Section 12 below unless Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, as defined below, or unless Section 12(a) (iii) applies. |
|
c. Good Reason shall mean any of the following actions taken by the Company: |
|
(i) A reduction by the Company in Employee’s Base Salary or target bonus level; |
6
|
(ii) The Company shall fail to continue in effect any significant Company-sponsored compensation plan or benefit (without replacing it with a similar plan or with a compensation equivalent), unless such action is in connection with across-the-board plan changes or terminations similarly affecting at least 95 percent of all officers of the Company or 100 percent of officers at the same grade level; |
|
(iii) The Company’s principal executive offices shall be moved to a location outside the middle-Tennessee area, or Employee is required (absent mutual agreement) to be based anywhere other than the Company’s principal executive offices; |
|
(iv) Without Employee’s written consent, the assignment to Employee by the Company of duties inconsistent with, or the significant reduction of the title, powers and functions associated with, Employee’s position, title or office as described in Section 3 above, unless such action is the result of a restructuring or realignment of duties and responsibilities by the Company for business reasons that leaves Employee at the same rate of Base Salary, annual target bonus opportunity, and officer level (i.e., Senior Vice President, etc.) and with a similar level of responsibility, or unless such action is the result of Employee’s failure to meet pre-established and objective performance criteria; |
|
(v) Any material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or |
|
(vi) The failure of any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, assignment, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. |
Good Reason shall not include Employee’s death, Disability or Termination for Cause or Employee’s termination for any reason other than Good Reason as defined above .
d. Prior to Employee being entitled to the payments or benefits described in Section 12 below, the Company shall have the opportunity to cure any claimed event of Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice from Employee specifying the same.
7
|
12. Termination without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason . |
|
a. The continuation of Base Salary and other payments and benefits described in Section 12(b) shall be triggered only upon one or more of the following circumstances: |
|
(i) The Company terminates Employee (as it may do at any time) without Cause; it being understood that termination by death or Disability does not constitute termination without Cause; |
|
(ii) Employee terminates for Good Reason; |
8
base salary earned by the Employee as a result of subsequent employment during the 18 months after Employee’s termination of employment. In no event shall Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of such amounts payable to Employee and, except as provided in the preceding sentence, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Employee obtains other employment. |
|
(ii) A lump sum payment of 1.5 times the amount of the average percentage of target bonus paid or to be paid to employees at the same job grade level of Employee (if any) under the annual bonus programs for officers in respect of the Company’s two fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs. |
|
(iii) A lump sum payment in an amount equal to 1.5 times the annual contribution that would have been made by the Company in respect of the plan year in which such termination of employment occurs for Employee’s participation in the Company’s medical, pharmacy, dental and vision benefits programs. |
|
(iv) Reasonable outplacement services, as determined and provided by the Company, for one year or until other employment is secured, whichever comes first. |
All payments and benefits otherwise provided to Employee pursuant to this Section 12 shall be forfeited if a copy of the Release attached hereto executed by Employee is not provided to the Company within twenty-one (21) days after Employee’s termination date (unless otherwise required by law) or if the Release is revoked; and no payment or benefit hereunder shall be provided to Employee prior to the Company’s receipt of the Release and the expiration of the period of revocation provided in the Release.
|
c. In the event that there is a material breach by Employee of any continuing obligations under this Agreement or the Release after termination of employment, any unpaid amounts under this Section 12 shall be forfeited and Company shall retain any other rights available to it under law or equity. Any payments or reimbursements under this Section 12 shall not be deemed the continuation of Employee’s employment for any purpose. Except as specifically enumerated in the Release, the Company’s payment obligations under this Section 12 will not negate or reduce (i) any amounts otherwise due but not yet paid to Employee by the Company, or (ii) any other amounts payable to Employee outside this Agreement, or (iii) |
9
those benefits owed under any other plan or agreement covering Employee which shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement. The Company may, at any time and in its sole discretion, make a lump-sum payment of any or all amounts, or any or all remaining amounts, due to Employee under this Section 12 if, or to the extent, the payment is not subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. |
|
13. Effect of 280G . Any payments and benefits due under Section 12 that constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code Section 280G”), plus all other “parachute payments” as defined under Code Section 280G that might otherwise be due to the Employee (collectively, with payments and benefits due under Section 12, “Total Payments”), shall be limited to the Capped Amount. The “Capped Amount” shall be the amount otherwise payable, reduced in such amount and to such extent so that no amount of the Total Payments, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence but contingent upon Employee’s timely execution and the effectiveness of the Release attached hereto and made a part hereof as provided in Section 12 hereof, the Employee’s Total Payments shall not be limited to the Capped Amount if it is determined that Employee would receive at least $50,000 in greater after-tax proceeds if no such reduction is made. The calculation of the Capped Amount and all other determinations relating to the applicability of Code Section 280G (and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) to the payments contemplated by this Agreement shall be made by the tax department of an independent public accounting firm, or, at Company’s discretion, by a compensation consulting firm, and such determinations shall be binding upon Employee and the Company. Unless Employee and the Company shall otherwise agree (provided such agreement does not cause any payment or benefit hereunder which is deferred compensation covered by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code to be in non-compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code), in the event the Payments are to be reduced, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the payments or benefits to Employee by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the date of the “change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G). Any reduction pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing Employee’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation. |
10
|
14. Publicity; No Disparaging Statement . Except as otherwise provided in Section 15 hereof, Employee and the Company covenant and agree that they shall not engage in any communications to persons outside the Company which shall disparage one another or interfere with their existing or prospective business relationships. |
|
15. Confidentiality and Legal Process . Employee agrees to keep the proprietary terms of this Agreement confidential and to refrain from disclosing any information concerning this Agreement to anyone other than Employee’s immediate family and personal agents or advisors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit Employee or the Company from performing any duty or obligation that shall arise as a matter of law. Specifically, Employee and the Company shall continue to be under a duty to truthfully respond to any legal and valid subpoena or other legal process. This Agreement is not intended in any way to proscribe Employee’s or the Company’s right and ability to provide information to any federal, state or local agency in response or adherence to the lawful exercise of such agency’s authority. |
|
16. Business Protection Provision Definitions . |
|
a. Preamble . As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and in recognition of the valuable experience, knowledge and proprietary information Employee has gained or will gain while employed, Employee agrees to abide by and adhere to the business protection provisions in Sections 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 herein. |
|
b. Definitions . For purposes of Sections 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 herein: |
|
(i) “Competitive Position” shall mean any employment, consulting, advisory, directorship, agency, promotional or independent contractor arrangement between Employee and (x) any person or Entity engaged wholly or in material part in the business in which the Company is engaged (i.e., the discount consumable basics or general merchandise retail business), including but not limited to such other similar businesses as Albertsons/Safeway, ALDI, Big Lots, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Casey’s General Stores, Circle K, Costco, CVS, Dollar Tree Stores, Family Dollar Stores, Fred’s, Kmart, Kroger, 99 Cents Only Stores, The Pantry, Pilot Flying J, Rite-Aid, Sam’s Club, 7-Eleven, Target, Walgreen’s and Wal-Mart, or (y) any person or Entity then attempting or planning to enter the discount consumable basics retail business, whereby Employee is required to perform services on behalf of or for the benefit of such person or Entity which are substantially similar to the services |
11
Employee provided or directed at any time while employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. |
|
(ii) “Confidential Information” shall mean the proprietary or confidential data, information, documents or materials (whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise) belonging to or pertaining to the Company, other than “Trade Secrets” (as defined below), which is of tangible or intangible value to the Company and the details of which are not generally known to the competitors of the Company. Confidential Information shall also include any items marked “CONFIDENTIAL” or some similar designation or which are otherwise identified as being confidential. |
|
(iii) “Entity” or “Entities” shall mean any business, individual, partnership, joint venture, agency, governmental agency, body or subdivision, association, firm, corporation, limited liability company or other entity of any kind. |
|
(iv) “Restricted Period” shall mean two (2) years following Employee’s termination date. |
|
(v) “Territory” shall include individually and as a total area those states in the United States in which the Company maintains stores at Employee’s termination date or those states in which the Company has specific and demonstrable plans to open stores within six months of Employee’s termination date. |
|
(vi) “Trade Secrets” shall mean information or data of or about the Company, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers that: (A) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; (B) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy; and (C) any other information which is defined as a “trade secret” under applicable law. |
|
(vii) “Work Product” shall mean all tangible work product, property, data, documentation, “know-how,” concepts or plans, inventions, improvements, techniques and processes relating to the Company that were conceived, discovered, |
12
created, written, revised or developed by Employee while employed by the Company. |
|
17. Nondisclosure: Ownership of Proprietary Property . |
|
a. In recognition of the Company’s need to protect its legitimate business interests, Employee hereby covenants and agrees that, for the Term and thereafter (as described below), Employee shall regard and treat Trade Secrets and Confidential Information as strictly confidential and wholly-owned by the Company and shall not, for any reason, in any fashion, either directly or indirectly, use, sell, lend, lease, distribute, license, give, transfer, assign, show, disclose, disseminate, reproduce, copy, misappropriate or otherwise communicate any Trade Secrets or Confidential Information to any person or Entity for any purpose other than in accordance with Employee’s duties under this Agreement or as required by applicable law. This provision shall apply to each item constituting a Trade Secret at all times it remains a “trade secret” under applicable law and shall apply to any Confidential Information, during employment and for the Restricted Period thereafter. |
|
b. Employee shall exercise best efforts to ensure the continued confidentiality of all Trade Secrets and Confidential Information and shall immediately notify the Company of any unauthorized disclosure or use of any Trade Secrets or Confidential Information of which Employee becomes aware. Employee shall assist the Company, to the extent reasonably requested, in the protection or procurement of any intellectual property protection or other rights in any of the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information. |
|
c. All Work Product shall be owned exclusively by the Company. To the greatest extent possible, any Work Product shall be deemed to be “work made for hire” (as defined in the Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C.A. § 101 et seq., as amended), and Employee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company all right, title and interest Employee currently has or may have by operation of law or otherwise in or to any Work Product, including, without limitation, all patents, copyrights, trademarks (and the goodwill associated therewith), trade secrets, service marks (and the goodwill associated therewith) and other intellectual property rights. Employee agrees to execute and deliver to the Company any transfers, assignments, documents or other instruments which the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, from time to time, to protect the rights granted herein or to vest |
13
complete title and ownership of any and all Work Product, and all associated intellectual property and other rights therein, exclusively in the Company. |
|
18. Non-Interference with Employees . Through employment and thereafter through the Restricted Period, Employee will not, either directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any other person or Entity: actively recruit, solicit, attempt to solicit, induce or attempt to induce any person who is an exempt employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (or has been within the last 6 months) to leave or cease such employment for any reason whatsoever; |
|
19. Non-Interference with Business Relationships . |
|
a. Employee acknowledges that, in the course of employment, Employee will learn about Company’s business, services, materials, programs and products and the manner in which they are developed, marketed, serviced and provided. Employee knows and acknowledges that the Company has invested considerable time and money in developing its product sales and real estate development programs and relationships, vendor and other service provider relationships and agreements, store layouts and fixtures, and marketing techniques and that those things are unique and original. Employee further acknowledges that the Company has a strong business reason to keep secret information relating to Company’s business concepts, ideas, programs, plans and processes, so as not to aid Company’s competitors. Accordingly, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the protection outlined in (b) below is necessary and reasonable. |
|
b. During the Restricted Period, Employee will not, on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or Entity, solicit, contact, call upon, or communicate with any person or entity or any representative of any person or entity who has a business relationship with Company and with whom Employee had contact while employed, if such contact or communication would likely interfere with Company’s business relationships or result in an unfair competitive advantage over Company. |
|
20. Agreement Not to Work in Competitive Position . Employee covenants and agrees not to accept, obtain or work in a Competitive Position for a company or entity that operates anywhere within the Territory for 18 months from the termination of Employee’s employment. |
|
21. Acknowledgements Regarding Sections 16 – 20. |
14
|
a. Employee and Company expressly covenant and agree that the scope, territorial, time and other restrictions contained in Sections 16 through 20 of this Agreement constitute the most reasonable and equitable restrictions possible to protect the business interests of the Company given: (i) the business of the Company; (ii) the competitive nature of the Company’s industry; and (iii) that Employee’s skills are such that Employee could easily find alternative, commensurate employment or consulting work in Employee’s field which would not violate any of the provisions of this Agreement. |
|
b. Employee acknowledges that the compensation and benefits described in Sections 5 and 12 are also in consideration of his/her covenants and agreements contained in Sections 16 through 20 hereof and that a breach by Employee of the obligations contained in Sections 16 through 20 hereof shall forfeit Employee’s right to such compensation and benefits. |
|
c. Employee acknowledges and agrees that a breach by Employee of the obligations set forth in Sections 16 through 20 will likely cause Company irreparable injury and that, in such event, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper. |
|
d. The parties agree that if, at any time, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the provisions of Section 16 through 20 are unreasonable under Tennessee law as to time or area or both, the Company shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement for such period of time or within such area as may be determined reasonable by such court. |
|
22. Return of Materials . Upon Employee’s termination, Employee shall return to the Company all written, electronic, recorded or graphic materials of any kind belonging or relating to the Company or its affiliates, including any originals, copies and abstracts in Employee’s possession or control. |
|
23. General Provisions . |
|
a. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. |
15
|
b. Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Employee, his/her heirs and personal representatives, and the Company and its successors and assigns. |
|
c. Waiver Of Breach; Specific Performance . The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce this Agreement, specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in that party’s favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement. |
|
d. Unsecured General Creditor . The Company shall neither reserve nor specifically set aside funds for the payment of its obligations under this Agreement, and such obligations shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. |
|
e. No Effect On Other Arrangements . It is expressly understood and agreed that the payments made in accordance with this Agreement are in addition to any other benefits or compensation to which Employee may be entitled or for which Employee may be eligible. |
|
f. Tax Withholding . There shall be deducted from each payment under this Agreement the amount of any tax required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over by the Company to such governmental authority for the account of Employee. |
|
g. Notices . |
|
(i) All notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and delivered personally to the other designated party, or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by a recognized national overnight courier service, or sent by facsimile, as follows: |
16
If to Company to: Dollar General Corporation
Attn: General Counsel
100 Mission Ridge
Goodlettsville, TN 37072-2171
Facsimile: (615)855-5517
If to Employee to: (Last address of Employee
known to Company unless
otherwise directed in writing by Employee)
|
(ii) All notices sent under this Agreement shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after sent by facsimile or courier, seventy-two (72) hours after sent by certified or registered mail and when delivered if by personal delivery. |
|
(iii) Either party hereto may change the address to which notice is to be sent hereunder by written notice to the other party in accordance with the provisions of this Section. |
|
h. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee (without giving effect to conflict of laws). |
|
i. Arbitration. If any contest or dispute arises between the parties with respect to this Agreement, such contest or dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration for resolution in Nashville, Tennessee in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The Company and Employee shall each bear 50 percent of the costs related to such arbitration. If the arbitrator determines that Employee is the prevailing party in the dispute, then the Company shall reimburse Employee for his/her reasonable legal or other fees and expenses incurred in such arbitration subject to and within ten (10) days after his/her request for reimbursement accompanied by evidence that the fees and expenses were incurred. Any reimbursement hereunder shall be paid to Employee promptly and in no event later than the end of the year next following the date the expense was incurred. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries and any of their respective affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to compete, covenant not to solicit and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Sections 14, 16 through 20 and 22 of this Agreement. |
17
|
j. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the full and complete understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and, unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement, either oral or written, which Employee may have with Company that relates generally to the same subject matter. |
|
k. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by Employee, and any attempted assignment shall be null and void and of no force or effect. |
|
l. Severability . If any one or more of the terms, provisions, covenants or restrictions of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, then the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and to that end the provisions hereof shall be deemed severable. |
|
m. Section Headings . The Section headings set forth herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement whatsoever. |
|
n. Voluntary Agreement . Employee and Company represent and agree that each has reviewed all aspects of this Agreement, has carefully read and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement, and is voluntarily entering into this Agreement. Each party represents and agrees that such party has had the opportunity to review any and all aspects of this Agreement with legal, tax or other adviser(s) of such party’s choice before executing this Agreement. |
18
|
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by Employee under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by it to be necessary or appropriate to comply, or to evidence or further evidence required compliance, with Code Section 409A (including any transition or grandfather rules thereunder). |
|
(ii) Neither Employee nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in any manner which would not be in compliance with Code Section 409A (including any transition or grandfather rules thereunder). |
|
(iii) If Employee is a specified employee for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) , a ny payment or provision of benefits in connection with a separation from service payment event (as determined for purposes of Code Section 409A ) shall not be made until six months after Employee’s separation from service (the “409A Deferral Period”). In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise scheduled. In the event benefits are required to be deferred, any such benefit may be provided during the 409A Deferral Period at Employee’s expense, with Employee having a right to reimbursement from the Company once the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the benefits shall be provided as otherwise scheduled. |
19
|
(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to Employee if any payment or benefit which is to be provided pursuant to this Agreement and which is considered deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A otherwise fails to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Code Section 409A. |
20
|
(ix) With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits that are subject to Code Section 409A, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (x) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (y) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year of Employee shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year of Employee, provided that the foregoing clause (y) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect. All reimbursements shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies but in no event later than Employee’s taxable year following Employee’s taxable year in which the related expense is incurred. |
|
(x) When, if ever, a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within ten (10) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. |
21
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused their duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date.
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Bob Ravener |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Bob Ravener |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
EVP, Chief People Officer |
|
Date: |
9-3-15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
“EMPLOYEE” |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
/s/ Michael J. Kindy |
||
|
|
Michael J. Kindy |
||
Date: |
9-3-15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Witnessed By: |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
/s/ Christopher D. Snow |
||
|
|
[Name of Witness] |
22
Addendum to Employment Agreement with Michael J. Kindy
RELEASE AGREEMENT
THIS RELEASE (“Release”) is made and entered into by and between _________________ (“Employee”) and DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION , and its successor or assigns (“Company”).
WHEREAS, Employee and Company have agreed that Employee’s employment with Dollar General Corporation shall terminate on ___________________;
WHEREAS, Employee and the Company have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, effective _____________________ (“Agreement”), in which the form of this Release is incorporated by reference;
WHEREAS, Employee and Company desire to delineate their respective rights, duties and obligations attendant to such termination and desire to reach an accord and satisfaction of all claims arising from Employee’s employment, and termination of employment, with appropriate releases, in accordance with the Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to compensate Employee in accordance with the Agreement for service Employee has provided and/or will provide for the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements of the parties set forth in this Release, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:
|
1. Claims Released Under This Agreement . |
In exchange for receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 12 of the Agreement, Employee hereby voluntarily and irrevocably waives, releases, dismisses with prejudice, and withdraws all claims, complaints, suits or demands of any kind whatsoever (whether known or unknown) which Employee ever had, may have, or now has against Company and other current or former subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company and their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, insurers and attorneys (collectively, the “Releasees”), arising from or relating to (directly or indirectly) Employee’s employment or the termination of employment or other events that have occurred as of the date of execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to:
23
|
a. claims for violations of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1981, the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the National Labor Relations Act, the Labor Management Relations Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11141, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; |
|
b. claims for violations of any other federal or state statute or regulation or local ordinance; |
|
c. claims for lost or unpaid wages, compensation, or benefits, defamation, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, assault, battery, wrongful or constructive discharge, negligent hiring, retention or supervision, fraud, misrepresentation, conversion, tortious interference, breach of contract, or breach of fiduciary duty; |
|
d. claims to benefits under any bonus, severance, workforce reduction, early retirement, outplacement, or any other similar type plan sponsored by the Company (except for those benefits owed under any other plan or agreement covering Employee which shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement); or |
|
e. any other claims under state law arising in tort or contract. |
|
2. Claims Not Released Under This Agreement . |
In signing this Release, Employee is not releasing any claims that may arise under the terms of this Release or which may arise out of events occurring after the date Employee executes this Release.
Employee also is not releasing claims to benefits that Employee is already entitled to receive under any other plan or agreement covering Employee which shall be governed by the terms of such plan or agreement. However, Employee understands and acknowledges that nothing herein is intended to or shall be construed to require the Company to institute or continue in effect any particular plan or benefit sponsored by the Company, and the Company hereby reserves the right to amend or terminate any of its benefit programs at any time in accordance with the procedures set forth in such plans. Employee further understands and acknowledges that any continuing obligation under a Company incentive-based plan, program or arrangement or pursuant to any Company policy or provision
24
regarding recoupment of compensation is not altered by this Release and nothing herein is intended to nor shall be construed otherwise.
Nothing in this Release shall prohibit Employee from engaging in activities required or protected under applicable law or from communicating, either voluntarily or otherwise, with any governmental agency concerning any potential violation of the law.
|
3. No Assignment of Claim . Employee represents that Employee has not assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, any claims or any portion thereof or interest therein to any party prior to the date of this Release. |
|
4. Compensation . In accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to pay Employee or, if Employee becomes eligible for payments and benefits under Section 12 but dies before receipt thereof, Employee’s spouse or estate, as the case may be, the amounts provided in Section 12 of the Agreement. |
|
5. Publicity; No Disparaging Statement . Except as otherwise provided in Section 15 of the Agreement, Section 2 of this Release, and as privileged by law, Employee and the Company covenant and agree that they shall not engage in any communications with persons outside the Company which shall disparage one another or interfere with their existing or prospective business relationships. |
|
6. No Admission Of Liability . This Release shall not in any way be construed as an admission by the Company or Employee of any improper actions or liability whatsoever as to one another, and each specifically disclaims any liability to or improper actions against the other or any other person. |
|
7. Voluntary Execution . Employee warrants, represents and agrees that Employee has been encouraged in writing to seek advice regarding this Release from an attorney and tax advisor prior to signing it; that this Release represents written notice to do so; that Employee has been given the opportunity and sufficient time to seek such advice; and that Employee fully understands the meaning and contents of this Release. Employee further represents and warrants that Employee was not coerced, threatened or otherwise forced to sign this Release, and that Employee’s signature appearing hereinafter is voluntary and genuine. EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS THAT EMPLOYEE MAY TAKE UP TO TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS (OR, IN THE CASE OF AN EXIT INCENTIVE OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT TERMINATION PROGRAM OFFERED TO A GROUP OR CLASS OF |
25
EMPLOYEES, UP TO FORTY-FIVE (45) DAYS) TO CONSIDER WHETHER TO ENTER INTO THIS RELEASE. |
|
8. Ability to Revoke Agreement . EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS RELEASE MAY BE REVOKED BY EMPLOYEE BY NOTIFYING THE COMPANY IN WRITING OF SUCH REVOCATION WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS OF EMPLOYEE’S EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE AND THAT THIS RELEASE IS NOT EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAY PERIOD. EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS THAT UPON THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAY PERIOD THIS RELEASE WILL BE BINDING UPON EMPLOYEE AND EMPLOYEE’S HEIRS, ADMINISTRATORS, REPRESENTATIVES, EXECUTORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND WILL BE IRREVOCABLE. |
Acknowledged and Agreed To: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
“COMPANY” |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
I UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE, I AM GIVING UP RIGHTS I MAY HAVE. I UNDERSTAND THAT I DO NOT HAVE TO SIGN THIS RELEASE.
|
|
“EMPLOYEE” |
|
|
|
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WITNESSED BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
26
Exhibit 10.7
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Dollar General Corporation, a Tennessee corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (or a duly authorized subcommittee thereof) of the Board of the Company appointed to administer the Plan (the “ Committee ”) has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said Option.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
Section 1.1. Cause
“Cause” shall mean (A) “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (B) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Cause” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (C) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, with respect to an Optionee: (i) any act of the Optionee involving fraud or dishonesty, or any willful failure to perform reasonable duties assigned to the Optionee which failure is not cured within 10 business days after receipt from the Company of written notice of such failure; (ii) any material breach by the Optionee of any securities or other law or regulation or any Company policy governing trading or dealing with stock, securities, investments or the like, or any inappropriate disclosure or “tipping” relating to any stock, securities, investments or the like; (iii) other than as required by law, the carrying out by the Optionee of any activity, or the Optionee making any public statement, which prejudices or ridicules the good name and standing of the Company or its Affiliates or would bring such persons into public contempt or ridicule; (iv) attendance by the Optionee at work in a state of
1
intoxication or the Optionee otherwise being found in possession at the Optionee’s place of work of any prohibited drug or substance, possession of which would amount to a criminal offense; (v) any assault or other act of violence by the Optionee; or (vi) the Optionee being indicted for any crime constituting (x) any felony whatsoever or (y) any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under the Company’s hiring policy.
Section 1.2. Disability
“Disability” shall mean (A) “Disability” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (B) if there is no such employment agreement in effect, “Disability” as such term may be defined in any change-in-control agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that is in effect at the time of termination of employment; or (C) if there is no such employment or change-in-control agreement, “Disability” as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan.
“Good Reason” shall mean (A) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary unless such action is in connection with across-the-board base salary reductions affecting 100 percent of employees at the same grade level; or (B) a material diminution in the Optionee’s authority, duties or responsibilities. To qualify as a termination due to Good Reason under this Agreement, the Optionee must have provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such grounds and must have given the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to cure the condition constituting Good Reason. Such termination of employment must have become effective no later than one year after the initial existence of the condition constituting Good Reason.
Section 1.4. Option
“Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares of Common Stock set forth on Schedule A hereto.
Section 1.5. Qualifying Termination
“Qualifying Termination” shall mean the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than with Cause or terminated by the Optionee for Good Reason other than when Cause to terminate exists, in each case within two years following a Change in Control. In no event shall a Qualifying Termination include the Retirement, death, Disability or any other termination of the Optionee not specifically covered by the preceding sentence.
Section 1.6. Retirement
“Retirement” shall mean the voluntary termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on or after (A) reaching the minimum age of sixty-two (62) and (B) achieving five (5) consecutive years of service; provided, however, that the sum of the Optionee’s age plus years of service (counting whole years only) must equal at least seventy (70) and provided further that there is no basis for the Company to terminate the Optionee with Cause at the time of Optionee’s voluntary termination.
2
Section 1.7. Secretary
“Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF OPTION
Section 2.1. Grant of Option
For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the Option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Section 2.2. Exercise Price
Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
Section 2.3. No Guarantee of Employment
Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or offer letter provided by the Company to the Optionee.
Section 2.4. Adjustments to Option
The Option shall be subject to the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, provided , however , that in the event of the payment of an extraordinary dividend by the Company to its shareholders: the Exercise Price of the Option shall be reduced by the amount of the dividend paid, but only to the extent the Committee determines it to be permitted under applicable tax laws and to not have adverse tax consequences to the Optionee under Section 409A of the Code; and, if such reduction cannot be fully effected due to such tax laws and it will not have adverse tax consequences to the Optionee, then the Company shall pay to the Optionee a cash payment, on a per Share basis, equal to the balance of the amount of the dividend not permitted to be applied to reduce the Exercise Price of the applicable Option as follows: (a) for each Share subject to a vested Option, immediately upon the date of such dividend payment; and (b) for each Share subject to an unvested Option, on the date on which such Option becomes vested and exercisable with respect to such Share.
3
ARTICLE III
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
Section 3.1. Commencement of Exercisability
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(b), (c) or (d) below, so long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipient, the Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to such Option on each April 1 of the four (4) fiscal years following the fiscal year in which the Grant Date occurs, as set forth on Schedule A hereto (each such date, a “Vesting Date”). To the extent this vesting schedule results in the vesting of fractional shares, the fractional shares shall be combined and be exercisable on the earliest Vesting Date.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, upon the earliest occurrence of (i) the Optionee’s death, or (ii) a termination of the Optionee’s employment by reason of the Optionee’s Disability, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such unvested Option immediately prior to such event (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable).
(c) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, in the event the Optionee experiences a Qualifying Termination, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable on the date of such Qualifying Termination with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such unvested Option (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable).
(d) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, in the event of the Optionee’s Retirement, that portion of the Option that would have become vested and exercisable within the one (1) year period following the Optionee’s Retirement date if the Optionee had remained employed with the Company or the applicable Service Recipient shall remain outstanding for a period of one (1) year following the Optionee’s Retirement date and shall become vested and exercisable on the anniversary of the Grant Date that falls within the one (1) year period following the Optionee’s Retirement date (but only to the extent such portion of the Option has not otherwise terminated, been forfeited or become exercisable); provided, however, that if during such one (1) year period the Optionee dies or incurs a Disability, such portion of the Option shall instead become immediately vested and exercisable (but only to the extent such portion of the Option has not otherwise terminated or been forfeited) upon such death or Disability.
(e) No Option shall become vested or exercisable as to any additional Shares following the Optionee’s termination of employment for any reason, and any Option which is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately terminate and be forfeited without payment therefor, in each case except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(b), (c) or (d) above.
Section 3.2. Expiration of Option
The Optionee may not exercise the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:
(a) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;
4
(b) The fifth anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by reason of Retirement;
(c) The first anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by reason of death or Disability;
(d) The third anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s Qualifying Termination;
(e) Ninety (90) days after the date of the Optionee’s involuntary termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause that is not a Qualifying Termination;
(f) Ninety (90) days after the date of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee that is not a Qualifying Termination or Disability or Retirement;
(g) Immediately upon the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients with Cause;
(h) At the discretion of the Company, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.
ARTICLE IV
EXERCISE OF OPTION
Section 4.1. Person Eligible to Exercise
During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by the Optionee’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
Section 4.2. Partial Exercise
Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares of Common Stock only.
Section 4.3. Manner of Exercise
The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Secretary or his or her designee all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:
5
(a) Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;
(b) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised (provided, however, that full payment is deemed made if the Company receives cash in respect of the exercise price no later than the date on which the Company or its agent delivers or releases Shares to the Optionee or his or her agent, which date shall not be later than three (3) business days following the date on which the Option is exercised, in the event of a cashless exercise via a third party in a manner that is compliant with applicable law) or (ii) notice in writing that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (b);
(c) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised (provided, however, that full payment is deemed made if the Company receives such payment no later than the date on which the Company must remit such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service in the event of a cashless exercise via a third party in a manner that is compliant with applicable law); (ii) notice in writing that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (c); or (iii) notice in writing to the Company at least 10 days prior to date of exercise that the Optionee elects to pay the withholding tax obligation with previously owned Shares and, subject to all applicable rules established by the Committee, the delivery (or deemed delivery, as allowed by the Committee) on or prior to the date of exercise of such Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the withholding amount;
(d) A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares of Common Stock are being acquired for his or her own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said Shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and
(e) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired on exercise of the Option does not violate the Act, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such Shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of the Option may bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the Shares to be
6
issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such Shares.
Section 4.4. Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates
The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased (if certificated, or if not certificated, register the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(a) The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and
(b) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.
Section 4.5. Rights as Shareholder
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 of this Agreement, the holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the records of the Company as owned by such holder.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1. Administration
The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.
Section 5.2. Option Not Transferable
Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any
7
attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or other transfers authorized in limited circumstances by the Committee (or its designee).
Section 5.3. Notices
Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary or his or her designee, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him or her at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3. Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person; or, except for notice under Section 4.3 which must be received to be duly given, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier.
Section 5.4. Titles; Pronouns
Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.
Section 5.5. Applicability of Plan [and Management Stockholder’s Agreement ]
The Option and the Shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to an Option and Shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. [The Option and the Shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall not be subject to, and hereby are expressly exempted from, all of the terms and provisions of any Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company in existence on the Grant Date.]
Section 5.6. Amendment
This Agreement may only be amended pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
Section 5.7. Governing Law
The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
8
Section 5.8. Arbitration
In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Nashville, Tennessee metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.
Section 5.9. Clawback
As a condition of receiving the Option, the Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the Option shall be subject to any reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, as may be required by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any applicable national exchange, or by any other applicable law, rule or regulation or as set forth in a separate “clawback” or recoupment policy as may be adopted from time to time by the Board or the Committee.
Section 5.10 Signature in Counterparts
This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[ Signatures on next pages ]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
|
|
|
|
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar General Corporation |
|
|
100 Mission Ridge |
|
|
Goodlettsville, TN 37072 |
[Signature Page of Stock Option Award Agreement]
10
|
|
|
|
OPTIONEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
Employee ID: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOME ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page of Stock Option Award Agreement]
11
Schedule A to Stock Option Award Agreement
|
|
Grant Date: |
[ ] |
|
|
Exercise Price (per Share): |
$[ ] |
|
|
Option Grant: |
|
Aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock for which the Option granted hereunder is exercisable: |
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Dates: |
|
Percentage |
|
Date |
|
|
25% |
|
April 1, [year] |
|
|
25% |
|
April 1, [year] |
|
|
25% |
|
April 1, [year] |
|
|
25% |
|
April 1, [year] |
12
Exhibit 12
Dollar General Corporation
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
February 3,
|
|
January 29,
|
|
January 30,
|
|
January 31,
|
|
February 1,
|
|
|||||
Earnings(3): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Fixed Charges, exclusive of capitalized interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Fixed Charges(3): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest charged to expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Interest factor on rental expense(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest capitalized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
x |
|
|
x |
|
|
x |
|
|
x |
|
(1) |
|
During the periods indicated, we had no outstanding shares of preferred stock. Accordingly, our historical ratio of earnings to fixed charges, combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends is the same as our ratio of earnings to fixed charges in all periods. |
|
(2) |
|
The fiscal year ended February 3, 2017 was comprised of 53 weeks. |
|
(3) |
|
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (a) earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes, plus fixed charges less capitalized expenses related to indebtedness (amortization expense for capitalized interest is not significant) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest expense (whether expensed or capitalized), the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts related to indebtedness, and the interest portion of rent expense. |
|
(4) |
|
The portion of rent expense representative of interest is based on the present value of the future lease payments discounted at 10%. |
Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
(as of March 24, 2017)
|
|
|
Name of Entity |
|
Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Organization |
DC Financial, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgencorp, LLC (f/k/a Dolgencorp, Inc.) (d/b/a Dolgen, LLC in Virgina and New Jersey) |
|
Kentucky |
DG Louisiana, LLC(1) |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgencorp of New York, Inc. |
|
Kentucky |
Dolgen I, Inc. |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgen II, Inc. |
|
Tennessee |
Dollar General I (HK) Limited(2) |
|
Hong Kong |
Dollar General II (HK) Limited(3) |
|
Hong Kong |
Dolgen V(4) |
|
Hong Kong |
Dollar General Global Sourcing Holdings Limited(5) |
|
Hong Kong |
Dollar General Global Sourcing (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd.(6) |
|
China |
Dolgen III, Inc. |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgen California, LLC (f/k/a DG Strategic IV, LLC) |
|
Tennessee |
DG eCommerce, LLC (f/k/a Strategic V, LLC) |
|
Tennessee |
DG Strategic I, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgencorp of Texas, Inc.(7) |
|
Kentucky |
Dolgen Midwest, LLC (f/k/a DG Strategic III, LLC)(8) |
|
Tennessee |
DG Strategic II, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
DG Strategic VI, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
Dollar General Partners(9) |
|
Kentucky |
DG Promotions, Inc. (f/k/a Nations Title Company, Inc.) |
|
Tennessee |
DG Retail, LLC(10) |
|
Tennessee |
DG Strategic VII, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
DG Distribution of Texas, LLC (f/k/a DG Strategic VIII, LLC) |
|
Tennessee |
DG Transportation, Inc. |
|
Tennessee |
DG Logistics, LLC(11) |
|
Tennessee |
South Boston Holdings, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
Sun-Dollar, L.P.(12) |
|
California |
South Boston FF&E, LLC(13) |
|
Delaware |
Ashley River Insurance Company, Inc. |
|
South Carolina |
DGC Holdings, LLC |
|
Delaware |
Dollar General Global Sourcing Limited(14) |
|
Hong Kong |
Dollar General Literacy Foundation(15) |
|
Tennessee |
Retail Property Investments, LLC |
|
Delaware |
Retail Risk Solutions, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgen Rhode Island, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
DG Distribution Midwest, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
DG Distribution Northeast, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
DG Distribution Southeast, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
Dolgen NW, LLC |
|
Tennessee |
|
(1) |
|
A limited liability company in which Dolgencorp, LLC is the sole member. |
|
(2) |
|
A corporation (settlor and beneficiary of Dolgen V) in which the sole shareholder is Dolgen II, Inc. |
|
(3) |
|
A corporation (settlor and beneficiary Dolgen V) in which the sole shareholder is Dolgen II, Inc. |
|
(4) |
|
A China business trust in which Dollar General I (HK) Limited is settlor and beneficiary, Dollar General II (HK) Limited is also a settlor and beneficiary, and Dollar General Global Sourcing Holdings Limited is the trustee. |
|
(5) |
|
A corporation (trustee for Dolgen V) in which the sole shareholder is Dolgen II, Inc. |
|
(6) |
|
A limited liability company in which Dollar General Global Sourcing Holdings Limited is the sole member. |
|
(7) |
|
A corporation in which the sole shareholder is DG Strategic I, LLC. |
|
(8) |
|
A limited liability company in which DG Strategic I, LLC is the sole member. |
|
(9) |
|
A general partnership in which the general partners are DG Strategic VI, LLC and DG Promotions, Inc. |
|
(10) |
|
A limited liability company in which DG Promotions, Inc. is the sole member. |
|
(11) |
|
A limited liability company in which DG Transportation, Inc. is the sole member. |
|
(12) |
|
A limited partnership in which the general partner is South Boston Holdings, Inc. and the limited partner is Dollar General Corporation. |
|
(13) |
|
A limited liability company in which Sun-Dollar, L.P. is the sole member. |
|
(14) |
|
A corporation in which the sole shareholder is Dollar General Corporation. |
|
(15) |
|
A nonprofit, public benefit membership corporation in which Dollar General Corporation is the sole member. |
Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
|
(1) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-163200 ) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates, |
|
(2) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-151655 ) pertaining to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates, |
|
(3) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-151049 ) pertaining to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan, and |
|
(4) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-151047) pertaining to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates |
of our reports dated March 24, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Dollar General Corporation for the year ended February 3, 2017.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Nashville, Tennessee
March 24, 2017
Exhibit 31
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Todd J. Vasos, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar General Corporation; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
Date: March 24, 2017 |
/s/ Todd J. Vasos |
|
Todd J. Vasos |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
I, John W. Garratt, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar General Corporation; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
ece |
|
Date: March 24, 2017 |
/s/ John W. Garratt |
|
John W. Garratt |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Each of the undersigned hereby certifies that to his knowledge the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2017 of Dollar General Corporation (the “Company”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
ecem |
|
|
|
/s/ Todd J. Vasos |
|
|
Name: |
Todd J. Vasos |
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
Date: |
March 24, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John W. Garratt |
|
|
Name: |
John W. Garratt |
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
Date: |
March 24, 2017 |